23 user/dedication.itely
409 user/macros.itexi
171 index.html.in
-3748 po/lilypond-doc.pot (translate to po/<MY_LANGUAGE>.po)
-11131 total
+3792 po/lilypond-doc.pot (translate to po/<MY_LANGUAGE>.po)
+11175 total
-2- Introduction and beginning of Application Usage
411 user/preface.itely
680 user/lilypond.tely
91 user/notation.itely -- Musical notation
3147 user/pitches.itely
-6714 user/rhythms.itely
-1097 user/expressive.itely
+6312 user/rhythms.itely
+1110 user/expressive.itely
556 user/repeats.itely
-1281 user/simultaneous.itely
-1767 user/staff.itely
+1452 user/simultaneous.itely
+1690 user/staff.itely
902 user/editorial.itely
-2412 user/text.itely
+2410 user/text.itely
76 user/specialist.itely -- Specialist notation
-2937 user/vocal.itely
+2679 user/vocal.itely
1326 user/chords.itely
702 user/piano.itely
-806 user/percussion.itely
+810 user/percussion.itely
826 user/guitar.itely
66 user/strings.itely
242 user/bagpipes.itely
-4260 user/ancient.itely
-5605 user/input.itely -- Input syntax
+4240 user/ancient.itely
+5661 user/input.itely -- Input syntax
2164 user/non-music.itely -- Non-musical notation
-8303 user/spacing.itely -- Spacing issues
-11025 user/changing-defaults.itely -- Changing defaults
-5203 user/programming-interface.itely -- Interfaces for programmers
+8297 user/spacing.itely -- Spacing issues
+11197 user/changing-defaults.itely -- Changing defaults
+5202 user/programming-interface.itely -- Interfaces for programmers
1155 user/notation-appendices.itely -- Notation manual tables
250 user/cheatsheet.itely -- Cheat sheet
-63593 total
+63243 total
-5- Application usage
3194 user/lilypond-book.itely -- LilyPond-book
-·<p><i>Zuletzt aktualisiert am·Mon Oct 6 20:03:36 UTC 2008
+·<p><i>Zuletzt aktualisiert am·Thu Oct 16 21:38:37 UTC 2008
</i></p>
<html>
<!-- This page is automatically generated by translation-status.py from
<td>4 Die Ausgabe verändern<br>(12353)</td>
<td>Till Rettig</td>
<td></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">teilweise (94 %)</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #ff6f57">teilweise</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">ja</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">ja</span></td>
<td>vor-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
<td>Till Rettig</td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">ja</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #b2fe32">teilweise</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">ja</span></td>
<td>vor-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
<td>B Scheme-Übung<br>(960)</td>
<td>Till Rettig</td>
<td></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">teilweise (91 %)</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #8aff2d">teilweise</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">ja</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">ja</span></td>
<td>vor-GDP</td>
</tr>
</table>
<td>Till Rettig</td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">ja</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #2cff20">teilweise</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">ja</span></td>
<td>vor-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
<td>Till Rettig</td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">ja</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #ff6f57">teilweise</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">ja</span></td>
<td>vor-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>1.2 Rhythmus<br>(6714)</td>
+ <td>1.2 Rhythmus<br>(6312)</td>
<td>Till Rettig</td>
<td></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">teilweise (81 %)</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">teilweise (80 %)</span></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #ff6d58">teilweise</span></td>
<td>vor-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>1.3 Ausdrucksbezeichnungen<br>(1097)</td>
+ <td>1.3 Ausdrucksbezeichnungen<br>(1110)</td>
<td>Till Rettig</td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">ja</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #ff6f57">teilweise</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #ff7257">teilweise</span></td>
<td>vor-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
<td>Till Rettig</td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">ja</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #ff6d58">teilweise</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">ja</span></td>
<td>vor-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>1.5 Gleichzeitig erscheinende Noten<br>(1281)</td>
+ <td>1.5 Gleichzeitig erscheinende Noten<br>(1452)</td>
<td>Till Rettig</td>
<td></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">teilweise (61 %)</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">teilweise (97 %)</span></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #ff6d58">teilweise</span></td>
<td>vor-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>1.6 Notation innerhalb eines Systems<br>(1767)</td>
+ <td>1.6 Notation auf Systemen<br>(1690)</td>
<td>Till Rettig</td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">ja</span></td>
<td>1.7 Anmerkungen<br>(902)</td>
<td>Till Rettig</td>
<td></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">teilweise (44 %)</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #ff6f57">teilweise</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">ja</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">ja</span></td>
<td>vor-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>1.8 Text<br>(2412)</td>
+ <td>1.8 Text<br>(2410)</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #d0f0f8">nein</span></td>
<td>vor-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>2.1 Notation von Gesang<br>(2937)</td>
+ <td>2.1 Notation von Gesang<br>(2679)</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #d0f0f8">nein</span></td>
<td>vor-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>2.2 Tasteninstrumente<br>(679)</td>
+ <td>2.2 Tasteninstrumente und andere Instrumente mit mehreren Systemen<br>(679)</td>
<td>Till Rettig</td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">ja</span></td>
<td>vor-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>2.3 Bundlose Saiteninstrumente<br>(463)</td>
+ <td>2.3 Bundlose Saiteninstrumente<br>(234)</td>
<td>Till Rettig</td>
<td></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">teilweise (38 %)</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #d0f0f8">nein</span></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #ff6d58">teilweise</span></td>
<td>vor-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>2.4 Saiteninstrumente mit Bünden<br>(1509)</td>
+ <td>2.4 Saiteninstrumente mit Bünden<br>(1748)</td>
<td>Till Rettig</td>
<td></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">teilweise (15 %)</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">teilweise (16 %)</span></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #ff6d58">teilweise</span></td>
<td>vor-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>2.5 Schlagzeug<br>(806)</td>
+ <td>2.5 Schlagzeug<br>(810)</td>
<td>Till Rettig</td>
<td></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">teilweise (43 %)</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">teilweise (42 %)</span></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #ff6d58">teilweise</span></td>
<td>vor-GDP</td>
</tr>
<td>vor-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>2.8 Notation von alter Musik<br>(4260)</td>
+ <td>2.8 Notation von alter Musik<br>(4240)</td>
<td>Till Rettig</td>
<td></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">teilweise (78 %)</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">teilweise (82 %)</span></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #ff6d58">teilweise</span></td>
<td>vor-GDP</td>
</tr>
<td>vor-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>3 Allgemeine Eingabe und Ausgabe<br>(5605)</td>
+ <td>3 Allgemeine Eingabe und Ausgabe<br>(5661)</td>
<td>Till Rettig</td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">teilweise (6 %)</span></td>
<td>vor-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>4 Abstände<br>(8303)</td>
+ <td>4 Abstände<br>(8297)</td>
<td>Till Rettig</td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">teilweise (14 %)</span></td>
<td>vor-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>5 Standardeinstellungen verändern<br>(11025)</td>
+ <td>5 Standardeinstellungen verändern<br>(11197)</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #d0f0f8">nein</span></td>
<td>vor-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>6 Schnittstellen für Programmierer<br>(5203)</td>
+ <td>6 Schnittstellen für Programmierer<br>(5202)</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #d0f0f8">nein</span></td>
@node Ancient notation
@section Ancient notation
-@untranslated
+@lilypondfile[quote]{ancient-headword.ly}
+
+@cindex Vaticana, Editio
+@cindex Medicaea, Editio
+@cindex Hufnagel
+@cindex Petrucci
+@cindex Mensuralnotation
@menu
* Introduction to ancient notation::
@c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; -*-
@ignore
- Translation of GIT committish: d0614c27e88dc7bd3993f3744a388749ba93b267
+ Translation of GIT committish: 7c57f1469e057f25f5d7a7b75c18f33bb4e5bed9
When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@lilypondfile[quote]{editorial-headword.ly}
+Dieser Abschnitt zeigt die verschiedenen Möglichkeiten, die
+Erscheinung der Noten zu ändern und analytische bzw. pädagogische
+Anmerkungen anzubringen.
+
@menu
* Inside the staff::
* Outside the staff::
@node Inside the staff
@subsection Inside the staff
+Dieser Abschnitt zeigt, wie man Elemente hervorhebt, die sich
+innerhalb des Notensystems befinden.
@menu
* Selecting notation font size::
@node Selecting notation font size
@unnumberedsubsubsec Selecting notation font size
-@untranslated
+@cindex Font, Größe ändern für Notation
+@cindex Schriftgröße (Notation) ändern
+@cindex Auswahl von Schriftgröße (Notation)
+@cindex Noten, Schriftgröße
+@cindex Notenköpfe
+@funindex fontSize
+@funindex font-size
+@funindex magstep
+@funindex \huge
+@funindex \large
+@funindex \normalsize
+@funindex \small
+@funindex \tiny
+@funindex \teeny
+@funindex huge
+@funindex large
+@funindex normalsize
+@funindex small
+@funindex tiny
+@funindex teeny
+
+Die Schriftgröße von Notationselementen kann geändert werden.
+Damit wird allerdings nicht die Größe von veränderlichen
+Symbolen, wie Balken oder Bögen, geändert.
+
+@warning{Für Schriftgröße von Text, siehe
+@ref{Selecting font and font size}.}
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
+\huge
+c4.-> d8---3
+\large
+c4.-> d8---3
+\normalsize
+c4.-> d8---3
+\small
+c4.-> d8---3
+\tiny
+c4.-> d8---3
+\teeny
+c4.-> d8---3
+@end lilypond
+
+Intern wird hiermit die @code{fontSize}-Eigenschaft gesetzt. Sie
+wird für alle Layout-Objekte definiert. Der Wert von
+@code{font-size} ist eine Zahl, die die Größe relativ zur Standardgröße
+für die aktuelle Systemhöhe angibt. Jeder Vergrößerungsschritt bedeutet
+etwa eine Vergrößerung um 12% der Schriftgröße. Mit sechs Schritten wird
+die Schriftgröße exakt verdoppelt. Die Scheme-Funktion @code{magstep}
+wandelt einen Wert von @code{font-size} in einen Skalierungsfaktor um.
+Die @code{font-size}-Eigenschaft kann auch direkt gesetzt werden, so dass
+sie sich nur auf bestimmte Layoutobjekte bezieht.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
+\set fontSize = #3
+c4.-> d8---3
+\override NoteHead #'font-size = #-4
+c4.-> d8---3
+\override Script #'font-size = #2
+c4.-> d8---3
+\override Stem #'font-size = #-5
+c4.-> d8---3
+@end lilypond
+
+@cindex Standard-Schriftgröße (Notation)
+@cindex Schriftgröße (Notation), Standard
+@funindex font-interface
+@funindex font-size
+
+Schriftgrößenänderungen werden erreicht, indem man die Design-Schriftgröße
+nimmt, die der gewünschten am nächsten kommt, und sie dann skaliert. Die
+Standard-Schriftgröße (für @code{font-size = #0}) hängt von der
+Standard-Systemhöhe ab. Für ein Notensystem von 20pt wird eine Schriftgröße
+von 10pt ausgewählt.
+
+Die @code{font-size}-Eigenschaft kann nur für die Layoutobjekte gesetzt
+werden, die Schrift-Dateien benutzen. Das sind die, welche die
+@code{font-interface}-Layoutschnittstelle unterstützen.
+
+@predefined
+
+@funindex \teeny
+@code{\teeny},
+@funindex \tiny
+@code{\tiny},
+@funindex \small
+@code{\small},
+@funindex \normalsize
+@code{\normalsize},
+@funindex \large
+@code{\large},
+@funindex \huge
+@code{\huge}.
+
+@seealso
+
+Schnipsel:
+@rlsr{Editorial annotations}.
+
+Referenz der Interna:
+@rinternals{font-interface}.
@node Fingering instructions
@cindex Fingersatz
@cindex Fingerwechsel
+@cindex Griff: Fingersatz
+@funindex \finger
+@funindex finger
Fingersatzanweisungen können folgenderweise notiert werden:
-@example
@var{Note}-@var{Zahl}
-@end example
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
+c4-1 d-2 f-4 e-3
+@end lilypond
+
Für Fingerwechsel muss eine Textbeschriftung (markup) benutzt werden:
-@lilypond[quote,verbatim,ragged-right,fragment,relative=1]
-c4-1 c-2 c-3 c-4
-c^\markup { \finger "2 - 3" }
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
+c4-1 d-2 f-4 c^\markup { \finger "2 - 3" }
@end lilypond
+@cindex thumb-script
+@cindex Fingersatz: Daumen-Zeichen
+@funindex \thumb
+@funindex thumb
+
Mit dem Daumen-Befehl (@code{\thumb}) können die Noten bezeichnet
werden, die mit dem
Daumen (etwa auf dem Cello) gespielt werden sollen.
-@lilypond[quote,verbatim,ragged-right,fragment,relative=2]
-<a_\thumb a'-3>8 <b_\thumb b'-3>
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
+<a_\thumb a'-3>2 <b_\thumb b'-3>
@end lilypond
+@cindex Fingersatz: Akkorde
+@cindex Akkorde: Fingersatz
+
Fingersätze für Akkorde können auch zu einzelnen Noten des
Akkordes hinzugefügt werden, indem sie innerhalb der Akkord-Klammer
direkt an die Noten angefügt werden.
-@lilypond[quote,verbatim,ragged-right,fragment,relative=2]
-< c-1 e-2 g-3 b-5 >4
-@end lilypond
-
-
-@commonprop
-Eine bessere Kontrolle über die Position der Fingersätze in Akkorden
-lässt sich mit der Eigenschaft @code{fingeringOrientations} herstellen:
-
-@lilypond[quote,verbatim,ragged-right,fragment,relative=1]
-\set fingeringOrientations = #'(left down)
-<c-1 es-2 g-4 bes-5 > 4
-\set fingeringOrientations = #'(up right down)
-<c-1 es-2 g-4 bes-5 > 4
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
+<c-1 e-2 g-3 b-5>2 <d-1 f-2 a-3 c-5>
@end lilypond
-Mit dieser Funktion können Fingersatzbezeichnungen auch bei einstimmiger
-Musik sehr nah in die Notenköpfe gerückt werden.
+Fingersatzanweisungen können manuell oberhalb des Systems gesetzt werden, siehe
+@ref{Direction and placement}.
-@lilypond[verbatim,ragged-right,quote,fragment]
-\set fingeringOrientations = #'(right)
-<es'-2>4
-@end lilypond
+@snippets
+
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,ragged-right,texidoc,doctitle]
+{controlling-the-placement-of-chord-fingerings.ly}
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,texidoc,doctitle]
+{allowing-fingerings-to-be-printed-inside-the-staff.ly}
@seealso
-Programmreferenz:
-@rinternals{Fingering}.
+Notationsreferenz:
+@ref{Direction and placement}.
-Beispiele:
+Schnipsel:
@rlsr{Editorial annotations}.
+Referenz der Interna:
+@rinternals{FingeringEvent},
+@rinternals{fingering-event},
+@rinternals{Fingering_engraver},
+@rinternals{New_fingering_engraver},
+@rinternals{Fingering}.
+
@node Hidden notes
@unnumberedsubsubsec Hidden notes
-@untranslated
+@cindex Noten verstecken
+@cindex Verstecken von Noten
+@cindex Noten, unsichtbar
+@cindex unsichtbare Noten
+@cindex durchsichtige Noten
+@cindex Noten, durchsichtig
+@cindex transparent, Noten
+@funindex \hideNotes
+@funindex hideNotes
+@funindex \unHideNotes
+@funindex unHideNotes
+
+Versteckte (oder unsichtbare oder transparente) Noten können sinnvoll sein,
+wenn man Notation für den Theorieunterricht oder Kompositionsübungen
+erstellen will.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
+c4 d
+\hideNotes
+e4 f
+\unHideNotes
+g a
+\hideNotes
+b
+\unHideNotes
+c
+@end lilypond
+
+Notationsobjekte, die an die unsichtbaren Noten angefügt sind, sind weiterhin
+sichtbar.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
+c4( d)
+\hideNotes
+e4(\p f)--
+@end lilypond
+
+
+@predefined
+
+@code{\hideNotes}, @code{\unHideNotes}
+
+@seealso
+
+Schnipsel:
+@rlsr{Editorial annotations}.
+
+Referenz der Interna:
+@rinternals{Note_spacing_engraver},
+@rinternals{NoteSpacing}.
@node Coloring objects
@unnumberedsubsubsec Coloring objects
-@untranslated
+@cindex Objekte, farbig
+@cindex Farbe
+@cindex Einfärben von Objekten
+@cindex Noten, farbig
+@cindex farbige Noten
+@cindex X11-Farben
+@cindex with-color
+@funindex color
+@funindex \with-color
+@funindex with-color
+@funindex x11-color
+
+Einzelnen Objekten können einfach eigene Farben zugewiesen werden.
+Gültige Farben-Bezeichnungen sind aufgelistet in @ref{List of colors}.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
+\override NoteHead #'color = #red
+c4 c
+\override NoteHead #'color = #(x11-color 'LimeGreen)
+d
+\override Stem #'color = #blue
+e
+@end lilypond
+
+Die ganze Farbpalette, die für X11 definiert ist, kann mit der
+Scheme-Funktion @code{x11-color} benutzt werden. Diese Funktion
+hat ein Argument: entweder ein Symbol in der Form @var{'FooBar}
+oder eine Zeichenkette in der Form @code{"FooBar"}. Die erste
+Form ist schneller zu schreiben und effizienter. Mit der zweiten
+Form ist es allerdings möglich, auch Farbbezeichnungen einzusetzen,
+die aus mehr als einem Wort bestehen.
+
+Wenn @code{x11-color} die angegebene Farbbezeichnung nicht kennt, wird
+Schwarz eingesetzt.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
+\override Staff.StaffSymbol #'color = #(x11-color 'SlateBlue2)
+\set Staff.instrumentName = \markup {
+ \with-color #(x11-color 'navy) "Clarinet"
+}
+
+gis8 a
+\override Beam #'color = #(x11-color "medium turquoise")
+gis a
+\override Accidental #'color = #(x11-color 'DarkRed)
+gis a
+\override NoteHead #'color = #(x11-color "LimeGreen")
+gis a
+% this is deliberate nonsense; note that the stems remain black
+\override Stem #'color = #(x11-color 'Boggle)
+b2 cis
+@end lilypond
+
+@cindex RGB-Farbe
+@cindex Farbe, RGB
+@funindex rgb-color
+
+Exakte RGB-Farben können mit Hilfe der Scheme-Funktion @code{rgb-color}
+definiert werden.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
+\override Staff.StaffSymbol #'color = #(x11-color 'SlateBlue2)
+\set Staff.instrumentName = \markup {
+ \with-color #(x11-color 'navy) "Clarinet"
+}
+
+\override Stem #'color = #(rgb-color 0 0 0)
+gis8 a
+\override Stem #'color = #(rgb-color 1 1 1)
+gis8 a
+\override Stem #'color = #(rgb-color 0 0 0.5)
+gis4 a
+@end lilypond
+
+@seealso
+
+Notationsreferenz:
+@ref{List of colors}, @ref{The
+tweak command}.
+
+Schnipsel:
+@rlsr{Editorial annotations}.
+
+@cindex x11-Farbe
+@cindex farbige Noten in Akkorden
+@cindex Noten, farbige in Akkorden
+@cindex Akkorde: farbige Noten
+@funindex x11-color
+
+@knownissues
+Eine X11-Farbe hat nicht notwendigerweise exakt denselben Farbton wie
+eine ähnlich genannte normale Farbe.
+
+Nicht alle X11-Farben lassen sich am Webbrowser erkennen, d. h. der
+Unterschied etwa zwischen @code{'LimeGreen} und @code{'ForestGreen} wird
+eventuell nicht dargestellt. Für die Benutzung im Internet wird
+die Benutzung von einfachen Farben nahegelegt (z. B. @code{#blue},
+@code{#green}, @code{#red}).
+
+Noten in Akkorden können nicht mit @code{\override} eingefärbt werden,
+dazu muss @code{\tweak} benutzt werden. Siehe auch @ref{The tweak command}.
+
@node Parentheses
@unnumberedsubsubsec Parentheses
-@untranslated
+@cindex Geisternoten
+@cindex Noten in Klammern
+@cindex Klammern um Noten
+@cindex editorische Noten
+@funindex \parenthesize
+@funindex parenthesize
+
+Objekte können in Klammern gesetzt werden, indem vor ihnen der Befehl
+@code{\parenthesize} geschrieben wird. Wenn ein Akkord in Klammern gesetzt
+wird, wirkt sich das auf jede Noten im Akkord aus. Innerhalb von einem
+Akkord gesetzte Befehle wirken sich auf einzelne Noten aus.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
+c2 \parenthesize d
+c2 \parenthesize <c e g>
+c2 <c \parenthesize e g>
+@end lilypond
+
+Auch andere Objekte als Noten können in Klammern gesetzt werden.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
+c2-\parenthesize -. d
+c2 \parenthesize r
+@end lilypond
+
+@seealso
+
+Schnipsel:
+@rlsr{Editorial annotations}.
+
+Referenz der Interna:
+@rinternals{Parenthesis_engraver},
+@rinternals{ParenthesesItem},
+@rinternals{parentheses-interface}.
+
+@knownissues
+
+Wenn man einen Akkord einklammert, wird um jede Note eine eigene Klammer
+gesetzt, anstatt den gesamten Akkord in eine große Klammer zu fassen.
+
@node Stems
@unnumberedsubsubsec Stems
+@cindex Hals
+@cindex Hals, unsichtbar
+@cindex Notenhals, unsichtbar
+@cindex unsichtbarer Notenhals
+
Immer, wenn das Programm eine Note findet, wird automatisch
ein Notenhals (@rinternals{Stem}) -Objekt erzeugt. Auch
für ganze Noten und Pausen werden sie erzeugt, aber unsichtbar
@code{\stemNeutral} (Hälse je nach Notenposition).
-@commonprop
+@snippets
-Um die Richtung der Hälse zu ändern, können die Befehle
+@cindex Hals, Richtung von
+@cindex Notenhals, Richtung von
+@cindex Hals nach oben
+@cindex Hals nach unten
+@cindex Hals neutral
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,relative=2,verbatim]
-a4 b c b
-\override Stem #'neutral-direction = #up
-a4 b c b
-\override Stem #'neutral-direction = #down
-a4 b c b
-@end lilypond
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,ragged-right,texidoc,doctitle]
+{default-direction-of-stems-on-the-center-line-of-the-staff.ly}
+
+@seealso
+Notationsreferenz:
+@ref{Direction and placement}.
+
+Schnipsel:
+@rlsr{Editorial annotations}.
+
+Referenz der Interna:
+@rinternals{Stem_engraver},
+@rinternals{Stem},
+@rinternals{stem-interface}.
-@noindent benutzt werden.
@node Outside the staff
@subsection Outside the staff
+Dieser Abschnitt zeigt, wie man Elemente im System von
+außerhalb des Systems hervorhebt.
@menu
* Balloon help::
@node Balloon help
@unnumberedsubsubsec Balloon help
-@untranslated
+@cindex Ballon
+@cindex Blase
+@cindex Erklärungsblase
+@cindex Notation, Erklärungen
+@cindex Anmerkung, Blase
+@cindex Hilfe, Blase
+@cindex Textblasen
+@funindex \balloonGrobText
+@funindex \balloonText
+@funindex Balloon_engraver
+@funindex balloonGrobText
+@funindex balloonText
+
+Notationselemente können bezeichnet und markiert werden, indem um sie eine
+rechteckige Blase gezeichnet wird. Dies ist vor allem dazu da, Notation
+zu erklären.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
+\new Voice \with { \consists "Balloon_engraver" }
+{
+ \balloonGrobText #'Stem #'(3 . 4) \markup { "I'm a Stem" }
+ a8
+ \balloonGrobText #'Rest #'(-4 . -4) \markup { "I'm a rest" }
+ r
+ <c, g'-\balloonText #'(-2 . -2) \markup { "I'm a note head" } c>2.
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+Es gibt zwei Funktionen, @code{balloonGrobText} und
+@code{balloonText}; die erste wird auf gleiche Art wie ein
+@w{@code{\once \override}} eingesetzt umd Text an einen Grob zu
+hängen, die zweite funktioniert wie ein @code{\tweak} und
+wird üblicherweise innerhalb von Akkorden eingesetzt, um Text
+an einzelne Noten zu hängen.
+
+Textblasen beeinflussen normalerweise die Positionierung der Notation,
+aber das kann geändert werden.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
+\new Voice \with { \consists "Balloon_engraver" }
+{
+ \balloonLengthOff
+ \balloonGrobText #'Stem #'(3 . 4) \markup { "I'm a Stem" }
+ a8
+ \balloonGrobText #'Rest #'(-4 . -4) \markup { "I'm a rest" }
+ r
+ \balloonLengthOn
+ <c, g'-\balloonText #'(-2 . -2) \markup { "I'm a note head" } c>2.
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+
+@predefined
+
+@funindex balloonLengthOn
+@funindex balloonLengthOff
+@funindex \balloonLengthOn
+@funindex \balloonLengthOff
+
+@code{\balloonLengthOn}, @code{\balloonLengthOff}
+
+@seealso
+
+Schnipsel:
+@rlsr{Editorial annotations}.
+
+Referenz der Interna:
+@rinternals{Balloon_engraver},
+@rinternals{BalloonTextItem},
+@rinternals{balloon-interface}.
@node Grid lines
@unnumberedsubsubsec Grid lines
-@untranslated
+@cindex Gitterlinien
+@cindex Linien, Gitter
+@cindex vertikale Linien zwischen Systemen
+@cindex Linien zwischen Systemen
+@funindex Grid_point_engraver
+@funindex Grid_line_span_engraver
+@funindex gridInterval
+
+Vertikale Linien können zwischen Systemen gesetzt werden, die mit den
+Noten synchronisiert sind.
+
+Der @code{Grid_point_engraver} muss benutzt werden, um die Endpunkte
+der Linien zu definieren, und der @code{Grid_line_span_engraver} wird
+benutzt, um dann die Linien zu setzen. Der Standard ist, dass die
+Gitterlinien unter den Noten und zur linken Seite des Notenkopfes
+gesetzt werden. Sie reichen von der Mitte eines Systems bis zur
+Mitte des anderen. Mit @code{gridInterval} wird die Dauer zwischen
+den Linien festgesetzt.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
+\layout {
+ \context {
+ \Staff
+ \consists "Grid_point_engraver"
+ gridInterval = #(ly:make-moment 1 4)
+ }
+ \context {
+ \Score
+ \consists "Grid_line_span_engraver"
+ }
+}
+
+\score {
+ \new ChoirStaff <<
+ \new Staff \relative c'' {
+ \stemUp
+ c4. d8 e8 f g4
+ }
+ \new Staff \relative c {
+ \clef bass
+ \stemDown
+ c4 g' f e
+ }
+ >>
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+@snippets
+
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,ragged-right,texidoc,doctitle]
+{grid-lines--changing-their-appearance.ly}
+
+
+@seealso
+
+Schnipsel:
+@rlsr{Editorial annotations}.
+
+Referenz der Interna:
+@rinternals{Grid_line_span_engraver},
+@rinternals{Grid_point_engraver},
+@rinternals{GridLine},
+@rinternals{GridPoint},
+@rinternals{grid-line-interface},
+@rinternals{grid-point-interface}.
@node Analysis brackets
@unnumberedsubsubsec Analysis brackets
-@untranslated
+@cindex Klammern
+@cindex Phrasierungsklammern
+@cindex Klammern, Analyse
+@cindex Analyse
+@cindex musikwissenschaftliche Analyse
+@cindex Notengruppenklammer
+@cindex horizontale Kklammer
+@cindex Musikanalyse
+@funindex Horizontal_bracket_engraver
+@funindex \startGroup
+@funindex startGroup
+@funindex \stopGroup
+@funindex stopGroup
+
+Klammern über dem System werden in der Musikanalyse benutzt, um
+strukturelle Einheiten der Musik zu markieren. Einfache
+horizontale Klammern werden von LilyPond unterstützt.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
+\layout {
+ \context {
+ \Voice
+ \consists "Horizontal_bracket_engraver"
+ }
+}
+\relative c'' {
+ c2\startGroup
+ d\stopGroup
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+Analysis brackets may be nested.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
+\layout {
+ \context {
+ \Voice
+ \consists "Horizontal_bracket_engraver"
+ }
+}
+\relative c'' {
+ c4\startGroup\startGroup
+ d4\stopGroup
+ e4\startGroup
+ d4\stopGroup\stopGroup
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+@seealso
+
+Schnipsel:
+@rlsr{Editorial annotations}.
+
+Referenz der Interna:
+@rinternals{Horizontal_bracket_engraver},
+@rinternals{HorizontalBracket},
+@rinternals{horizontal-bracket-interface},
+@rinternals{Staff}.
+
@c \version "2.11.61"
-@node Keyboard instruments
-@section Keyboard instruments
+@node Keyboard and other multi-staff instruments
+@section Keyboard and other multi-staff instruments
@menu
* Common notation for keyboards::
* Piano::
* Accordion::
+* Harp::
@end menu
@node Common notation for keyboards
@ifnothtml
@englishref
@end ifnothtml
+
+@node Harp
+@subsection Harp
+
+@untranslated
@c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; -*-
@ignore
- Translation of GIT committish: b54fc6953a8d70a3c51e8c3d0cbf9b3fe9652d78
+ Translation of GIT committish: 47df71eb9aa3217537cd902ef0161ec3bef88ec5
When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@node Musical notation
@chapter Musical notation
-This chapter explains how to create musical notation.
+Dieses Kapitel erklärt, wie die Notation von Musik erstellt wird.
@menu
-* Pitches:: Writing and display the pitches of notes.
-* Rhythms:: Writing and displaying the durations of notes.
-* Expressive marks:: Adding expression to notes.
-* Repeats:: Repeat music.
-* Simultaneous notes:: More than one note at once.
-* Staff notation:: Displaying staves.
-* Editorial annotations:: Special notation to increase legibility.
-* Text:: Adding text to scores.
+* Pitches:: Tonhöhen von Noten notieren und darstellen.
+* Rhythms:: Tondauern von Noten notieren und darstellen.
+* Expressive marks:: Vortragsbezeichnungen zu Noten hinzufügen.
+* Repeats:: Noten wiederholen.
+* Simultaneous notes:: Mehr als eine Note gleichzeitig.
+* Staff notation:: Notensysteme darstellen.
+* Editorial annotations:: Besondere Notation, um die Lesbarkeit zu verbessern.
+* Text:: Text zur Partitur hinzufügen.
@end menu
@include pitches.itely
@c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; -*-
@ignore
- Translation of GIT committish: d0614c27e88dc7bd3993f3744a388749ba93b267
+ Translation of GIT committish: 7c57f1469e057f25f5d7a7b75c18f33bb4e5bed9
When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@lilypondfile[quote]{pitches-headword.ly}
-This section discusses how to specify the pitch of notes.
+Dieser Abschnitt zeigt, wie man die Tonhöhe notieren kann.
+Es gibt drei Stufen in diesem Prozess: Eingabe,
+Veränderung und Ausgabe.
@menu
-* Writing pitches::
-* Changing multiple pitches::
-* Displaying pitches::
-* Note heads::
+* Writing pitches::
+* Changing multiple pitches::
+* Displaying pitches::
+* Note heads::
@end menu
@node Writing pitches
@subsection Writing pitches
-Into text.
+Dieser Abschnitt zeigt, wie man Tonhöhen notiert. Es gibt
+zwei verschiedene Möglichkeiten, Noten in bestimmten
+Oktaven zu notieren: den absoluten und den relativen
+Modus. In den meisten Fällen eignet sich der relative
+Modus besser.
@menu
* Absolute octave entry::
@unnumberedsubsubsec Absolute octave entry
@cindex Tonhöhenbezeichnungen
-
-
-Tonhöhenbezeichnungen werden durch Kleinbuchstaben von
-@code{a} bis @code{g} angegeben.@footnote{Die Benutzung deutscher
+@cindex Absoluter Modus: Tonhöhen
+@cindex Absolute Spezifikation von Oktaven
+
+Tonhöhenbezeichnungen werden durch Kleinbuchstaben
+von@tie{}@code{a} bis@tie{}@code{g} angegeben. Dabei
+wird ein aus dem Englischen entlehntes Modell benutzt, das sich
+vom Deutschen dadurch unterscheidet, dass@tie{}@code{b}
+für die Note @qq{H} steht. Die Benutzung deutscher
Notenbezeichnungen mit der Unterscheidung von b und h ist
-auch möglich, siehe @ref{Note names in other languages}.}
-Eine aufsteigende C-Dur-Tonleiter wird wie folgt notiert:
+auch möglich, siehe @ref{Note names in other languages}.
+Die Notenbezeichnungen @code{c} bis @code{b}
+werden in der Oktave unter dem zweigestrichenen C
+gesetzt.
-@lilypond[quote,fragment,verbatim,ragged-right]
-\clef bass
-c d e f g a b c'
-@end lilypond
-
-Die Notenbezeichnung @code{c} schreibt als Note ein kleines
-C, eine Oktave unter dem eingestrichenen C.
-
-@lilypond[quote,fragment,verbatim,ragged-right]
-\clef treble
-c1
+@c don't use c' here.
+@lilypond[quote,fragment,verbatim]
\clef bass
-c1
+c d e f
+g a b c
+d e f g
@end lilypond
+@cindex Oktavwechsel: Tonhöhe
+@cindex Wechsel der Oktave
+@cindex Tonhöhe: Wechsel der Oktave
@funindex '
@funindex ,
-Zusätzliche Oktavbestimmung wird mit einer Anzahl von
-Apostrophen (@q{'}) oder Kommas (@q{,}) vorgenommen.
-Jeder Apostroph erhöht die Note um eine Oktave, jedes
-Komma erniedrigt sie um eine Oktave.
+Andere Oktaven können erreicht werden, indem man ein
+Apostroph@tie{}(@code{'}) oder ein Komma@tie{}(@code{,})
+benutzt. Jedes@tie{}@code{'} erhöht die Tonhöhe um
+eine Oktave, jedes@tie{}@code{,} erniedrigt sie um eine
+Oktave.
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,fragment]
\clef treble
-c' c'' e' g d'' d' d c
+c' c'' e' g
+d'' d' d c
\clef bass
-c, c,, e, g d,, d, d c
+c, c,, e, g
+d,, d, d c
@end lilypond
-Eine alternative Methode gibt am Anfang die Oktave vor,
-innerhalb derer die Noten gesetzt werden, dabei werden
-unter Umständen weniger Oktavangaben (@code{'} oder @code{,})
-benötigt. Siehe auch
-@ref{Relative octave entry}.
+@seealso
+
+Musikglossar:
+@rglos{Pitch names}.
+
+Schnipsel:
+@rlsr{Pitches}.
@node Relative octave entry
@cindex Relativ
@cindex Relative Oktavbestimmung
+@cindex Noteneingabe: relative Oktavbestimmung
@funindex \relative
-Oktaven werden angegeben, indem man @code{'} oder @code{,}
-an die Notenbezeichnung hängt. Wenn Sie schon existierende
-Musik kopieren, passiert es schnell, eine Note aus Versehen
-in die falsche Oktave zu setzen, und der Fehler ist schwer zu
-finden. Der relative Oktaven-Modus verhindert solche Fehler,
-indem mögliche Fehler stark vergrößert werden: ein einziger
-Oktavierungsfehler wirkt sich auf den gesamten Rest des Stückes aus.
-
-Die Syntax des Befehls lautet:
-
-@example
-\relative @var{Referenzoktave} @var{musikalischer Ausdruck}
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-oder:
+Wenn Oktaven im absoluten Modus notiert, passiert es
+schnell, eine Note auf der falschen Oktave zu notieren. Mit
+dem relativen Modus kommen solche Fehler seltener vor, weil
+man die Oktave nur noch sehr selten spezifizieren muss.
+Hinzu kommt, dass im absoluten Modus ein einzelner Fehler
+schwer zu finden ist, während er im relativen Modus den
+ganzen Rest des Stückes um eine Oktave verschiebt.
@example
-\relative @var{musikalischer Ausdruck}
+\relative @var{Anfangstonhöhe} @var{musikalischer Ausdruck}
@end example
-@noindent
-Das eingestrichene C (@code{c'}) wird als Referenzoktave angenommen,
-wenn sie nicht extra angegeben wird.
-
-Die Oktave von Noten, die im musikalischen Ausdruck notiert sind,
-wird wie folgt erschlossen: Wenn keine Oktavversetzungszeichen
-benutzt werden, wird als Intervall zwischen der Noten und der
-vorhergehenden immer eine Quarte oder kleiner angenommen. Dieser
-Abstand wird ohne Rücksicht auf Alterationen bestimmt. Eine
-übermäßige Quarte ist also ein kleineres Intervall als eine
-verminderte Quinte, auch wenn beide sechs Halbtöne groß sind.
-
-Die Oktavversetzungszeichen @code{'} und @code{,} können
-hinzugefügt werden, um die Tonhöhe um eine Oktave zu erhöhen
-oder zu erniedrigen. Wenn der relative Modus beginnt, kann
-ein Referenzton angegeben werden, der als die vorhergehende Note
-für die erste Tonhöhe des musikalischen Ausdrucks verwendet
-wird. Wenn dieser Referenzton nicht angeben wird, wird das
-eingestrichene C verwendet.
+Im relativen Modus wird angenommen, dass sich jede folgende
+Note so dicht wie möglich bei der nächsten befindet. Das bedeutet,
+dass die Oktave jeder Tonhöhe innerhalb eines @var{musikalischen
+Ausdrucks} wie folgt errechnet wird:
+
+@itemize
+@item
+Wenn kein Oktavänderungszeichen an einer Tonhöhe benutzt wird,
+wird ihre Oktave so errechnet, dass das Intervall zur vorigen
+Noten weniger als eine Quinte ist. Das Intervall wird errechnet,
+ohne Versetzungszeichen zu berücksichtigen.
+
+@item
+Ein Oktavänderungszeichen@tie{}@code{'} oder@tie{}@code{,}
+kann hinzugefügt werden, um eine Tonhöhe explizit um eine
+Oktave zu erhöhen bzw. zu erniedrigen, relativ zu der Tonhöhe,
+die ohne das Oktavänderungszeichen errechnet wurde.
+
+@item
+Mehrfache Oktavänderungszeichen können benutzt werden. Die
+Zeichen@code{''}@tie{}und@tie{}@code{,,} ändern zum Beispiel
+die Tonhöhe um zwei Oktaven.
+
+@item
+Die Tonhöhe der ersten Note ist relativ zu
+@code{@var{Anfangstonhöhe}}. Die @var{Anfangstonhöhe} wird
+im absoluten Modus gesetzt, und als Empfehlung gilt, eine
+Oktave von C zu nehmen.
+
+@end itemize
So funktioniert der relative Modus:
-@lilypond[quote,fragment,ragged-right,verbatim]
-\relative c'' {
- b c d c b c bes a
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
+\relative c {
+ \clef bass
+ c d e f
+ g a b c
+ d e f g
}
@end lilypond
Oktavversetzungen müssen für alle Intervalle angezeigt werden,
die größer als eine Quarte sind.
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim]
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim]
\relative c'' {
- c g c f, c' a, e''
+ c g c f,
+ c' a, e'' c
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+Eine Sequenz ohne ein einziges Oktavänderungszeichen kann
+aber trotzdem weite Intervalle umfassen:
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
+\relative c {
+ c f b e
+ a d g c
}
@end lilypond
Wenn der vorherige Ausdruck ein Akkord ist, wird die erste Note
des Akkordes benutzt, um die erste Note des nächsten Akkordes zu
-bestimmen.
+bestimmen. Innerhalb von Akkorden ist die nächste Note immer
+relativ zur vorherigen. Betrachten Sie das folgende Beispiel
+aufmerksam, insbesondere die @code{c}-Noten.
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim]
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim]
\relative c' {
- c <c e g>
- <c' e g>
- <c, e' g>
+ c
+ <c e g>
+ <c' e g'>
+ <c, e, g''>
}
@end lilypond
-Die Tonhöhe nach @code{\relative} muss eine Notenbezeichnung enthalten.
+Wie oben erklärt wurde, wird die Oktave einer Tonhöhe nur
+nach ihrer Notenbezeichnung errechnet, unabhängig von allen
+Versetzungszeichen. Darum wird ein Eisis auf ein H (notiert als @code{b})
+folgend höher gesetzt, während ein Feses tiefer gesetzt wird.
+Anders gesagt wird eine doppelterhöhte Quarte wird als
+kleineres Intervall angesehen als eine doppelterniedrigte
+Quinte, unabhängig von der Anzahl an Halbtönen, die jedes
+Intervall enthält.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
+\relative c'' {
+ c2 fis
+ c2 ges
+ b2 eisis
+ b2 feses
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+
+@seealso
+
+Musickgossar:
+@rglos{fifth},
+@rglos{interval},
+@rglos{Pitch names}.
+
+Notationsreferenz:
+@ref{Octave checks}.
+
+Schnipsel:
+@rlsr{Pitches}.
+
+Referenz der Interna:
+@rinternals{RelativeOctaveMusic}.
+
+
+@cindex Relativer Oktavenmodus und Transposition
+@cindex Transposition und relativer Modus
+@funindex \transpose
+@funindex \chordmode
+@funindex \relative
+
+@knownissues
Die relative Veränderung wirkt sich nicht auf
Transposition (@code{\transpose}),
verwenden, muss ein zusätzliches @code{\relative} innerhalb der
Klammern des @code{\transpose}-Befehls gesetzt werden.
+@c DEPRECATED
+Wenn keine @var{Anfangstonhöhe} für @code{\relative} angegeben
+wird, wird@tie{}@code{c'} angenommen. Das ist aber eine
+veraltete Option, die in späteren Programmversionen verschwinden kann.
+Darum wird von der Benutzung abgeraten.
+
@node Accidentals
@unnumberedsubsubsec Accidentals
-@cindex Notenbezeichnungen, Deutsch
-@cindex Notenbezeichnungen, Standard
-@cindex Vorzeichen, Deutsch
@cindex Versetzungszeichen
+@cindex Tonart
+@cindex Schlüssel
@cindex Akzidentien
-Ein Kreuz wird eingegeben, indem man @code{-is} an die
+@warning{Neue Benutzer sind manchmal verwirrt, wie
+Versetzungszeichen und Vorzeichen/Tonarten funktionieren.
+In LilyPond sind Notenbezeichnungen die wirkliche
+Tonhöhe, erst durch Vorzeichen wird bestimmt, wie diese
+Tonhöhe dann im Notenbild dargestellt wird. Eine
+einfache Tonhöhe wie etwa@tie{}@code{c} bedeutet also
+immer das eingestrichene C ohne Versetzungszeichen, egal
+was für Vorzeichen/Tonart oder Schlüssel gesetzt sind.
+Mehr Information dazu in @rlearning{Accidentals and key
+signatures}.}
+
+@cindex Notenbezeichnungen, Deutsch
+@cindex Notenbezeichnungen, Standard
+@cindex Versetzungszeichen, Deutsch
+@cindex Kreuz
+@cindex B
+@cindex Doppelkreuz
+@cindex Doppel-B
+@cindex Auflösungszeichen
+@cindex wirkliche Tonhöhe
+
+
+Ein @notation{Kreuz} wird eingegeben, indem man @code{-is} an die
Notenbezeichnung hängt, ein b durch @code{-es}. Doppelkreuze
und Doppel-Bs werden durch Hinzufügen von @code{-isis} und
-@code{-eses} hinter die Notenbezeichnung erzeugt.
+@code{-eses} hinter die Notenbezeichnung erzeugt. Diese
+Syntax leitet sich von den holländischen Notenbezeichnungen
+ab. Um andere Bezeichnungen für Versetzungszeichen zu
+benutzung, siehe @ref{Note names in other languages}.
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim,relative=2]
-a2 ais a aes
-a2 aisis a aeses
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
+ais1 aes aisis aeses
@end lilypond
@noindent
B, während his als @code{bis} geschrieben werden muss. Das kann
aber auch verändert werden, siehe @ref{Note names in other languages}.
+
@lilypond[fragment,quote,ragged-right,verbatim,relative=2]
a2 as e es
@end lilypond
a4 aes a2
@end lilypond
-Die Sequenz @code{d e f} wird interpretiert als: @qq{Setze eine
- D-Noten, eine E-Note und eine F-Note,} unabhängig von den
- Vorzeichen der Tonart. Mehr Information über den Unterschied
- zwischen musikalischem Inhalt und der Präsentation dieses
- Inhalts siehe @rlearning{Accidentals and key signatures}.
-
-@lilypond[fragment,quote,ragged-right,verbatim,relative]
-\key d \major
-d e f g
-d e fis g
-@end lilypond
-
@cindex Vierteltöne
@cindex Vorzeichen, Vierteltöne
Versetzungszeichen für Vierteltöne werden durch Anhängen der Endungen
@code{-eh} (Erniedrigung) und @code{-ih} (Erhöhung) an den
Tonhöhenbuchstaben erstellt. Das Beispiel zeigt eine in Vierteltönen
-aufsteigende Serie vom kleinen C.
+aufsteigende Serie vom eingestrichenen C.
@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
ceseh1 ces ceh c cih cis cisih
@end lilypond
-Mikrotöne werden auch in die MIDI-Dateien geschrieben.
-
@cindex Versetzungszeichen, Erinnerung
@cindex Versetzungszeichen, Warnung
cis cis cis! cis? c c? c! c
@end lilypond
+@cindex Versetzungszeichen an übergebundener Note
+@cindex Überbindung, Versetzungszeichen
-@commonprop
+Versetzungzeichen von übergebundenen Noten werden nur
+dann gesetzt, wenn ein neues System begonnen wird:
-Den Satzregeln für den Notensatz folgend wird ein Auflösungszeichen
-dann ausgegeben, wenn ein vorhergehendes Versetzungszeichen rückgängig
-gemacht werden soll. Um dieses Verhalten zu ändern, muss
-@code{\set Staff.extraNatural = ##f} eingesetzt werden.
-
-@lilypond[fragment,quote,ragged-right,verbatim,relative=2]
-ceses4 ces cis c
-\set Staff.extraNatural = ##f
-ceses4 ces cis c
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
+cis1 ~ cis ~
+\break
+cis
@end lilypond
+@snippets
+
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,texidoc,doctitle]
+{preventing-extra-naturals-from-being-automatically-added.ly}
@seealso
-Die automatische Setzung von Versetzungszeichen kann auf viele Arten
-beeinflusst werden. Mehr Information dazu siehe @ref{Automatic
-accidentals}.
+Musikglossar:
+@rglos{sharp},
+@rglos{flat},
+@rglos{double sharp},
+@rglos{double flat},
+@rglos{Pitch names},
+@rglos{quarter tone}.
+
+Handbuch zum Lernen:
+@rlearning{Accidentals and key signatures}.
-Programmreferenz: @rinternals{LedgerLineSpanner},
-@rinternals{NoteHead}.
+Notationsreferenz:
+@ref{Automatic accidentals},
+@ref{Annotational accidentals},
+@ref{Note names in other languages}.
+
+Schnipsel:
+@rlsr{Pitches}.
+Referenz der Interna:
+@rinternals{Accidental_engraver},
+@rinternals{Accidental},
+@rinternals{AccidentalCautionary},
+@rinternals{accidental-interface}.
+
+
+@cindex Versetzungszeichen, Viertelton
+@cindex Vierteltonversetzungszeichen
@knownissues
-Es gibt keine allgemein anerkannten Standards für die
-Notation von Dreiviertelton-Erniedrigungszeichen. LilyPonds
-Symbol entspricht also keinem Standard.
+Es gibt keine allgemeinen Regeln für die Notation von
+Vierteltönen, die Symbole von LilyPond folgen also
+keinem Standard.
@node Note names in other languages
@unnumberedsubsubsec Note names in other languages
+@cindex Notenbezeichungen, andere Sprachen
+@cindex Tonhöhenbezeichnungen, andere Sprachen
+@cindex Sprache, Tonhöhenbezeichnungn in anderer
+
Es gibt vordefinierte Bezeichnungen für die Notenbezeichnungen in anderen
Sprachen als Englisch. Um sie zu benutzen, muss nur die
entsprechende Datei für die jeweilige Sprache eingefügt werden.
hinzu. In der Tabelle sind die existierenden Definitionen
mit den dazugehörigen Notenbezeichnungen dargestellt.
+@smallexample
+@multitable {nederlands.ly} {do re mi fa sol la sib si} {-iss/-is} {-ess/-es} {-ss/-x/-sharpsharp} {-essess/-eses}
+@headitem Sprache
+ @tab Notenbezeichnung
+ @tab sharp @tab flat @tab double sharp @tab double flat
+@item nederlands.ly
+ @tab c d e f g a bes b
+ @tab -is @tab -es @tab -isis @tab -eses
+@item arabic.ly
+ @tab do re mi fa sol la sib si
+ @tab -d @tab -b @tab -dd @tab -bb
+@item catalan.ly
+ @tab do re mi fa sol la sib si
+ @tab -d/-s @tab -b @tab -dd/-ss @tab -bb
+@item deutsch.ly
+ @tab c d e f g a b h
+ @tab -is @tab -es @tab -isis @tab -eses
+@item english.ly
+ @tab c d e f g a bf b
+ @tab -s/-sharp @tab -f/-flat @tab -ss/-x/-sharpsharp
+ @tab -ff/-flatflat
+@item espanol.ly
+ @tab do re mi fa sol la sib si
+ @tab -s @tab -b @tab -ss @tab -bb
+@item italiano.ly
+ @tab do re mi fa sol la sib si
+ @tab -d @tab -b @tab -dd @tab -bb
+@item norsk.ly
+ @tab c d e f g a b h
+ @tab -iss/-is @tab -ess/-es @tab -ississ/-isis
+ @tab -essess/-eses
+@item portugues.ly
+ @tab do re mi fa sol la sib si
+ @tab -s @tab -b @tab -ss @tab -bb
+@item suomi.ly
+ @tab c d e f g a b h
+ @tab -is @tab -es @tab -isis @tab -eses
+@item svenska.ly
+ @tab c d e f g a b h
+ @tab -iss @tab -ess @tab -ississ @tab -essess
+@item vlaams.ly
+ @tab do re mi fa sol la sib si
+ @tab -k @tab -b @tab -kk @tab -bb
+@end multitable
+@end smallexample
-@c Should this be made into a multitable?
-@cindex Notenbezeichnungen, andere Sprachen
-@example
- Notenbezeichnungen Kreuz B Doppelkreuz Doppel-B
-
-nederlands.ly c d e f g a bes b -is -es -isis -eses
-english.ly c d e f g a bf b -s/-sharp -f/-flat -ss/-x/ -ff/
- -sharpsharp -flatflat
-deutsch.ly c d e f g a b h -is -es -isis -eses
-norsk.ly c d e f g a b h -iss/-is -ess/-es -ississ/-isis -essess/-eses
-svenska.ly c d e f g a b h -iss -ess -ississ -essess
-italiano.ly do re mi fa sol la sib si -d -b -dd -bb
-catalan.ly do re mi fa sol la sib si -d/-s -b -dd/-ss -bb
-espanol.ly do re mi fa sol la sib si -s -b -ss -bb
-@end example
@noindent
Auf Holländisch, Deutsch, Norwegisch und Schwedisch (u. a.) werden die
Erniedrigungen von @q{a} wie @code{aes} und @code{aeses} zu
@code{as} und @code{ases} (oder auch @code{asas}) zusammengezogen.
-In manchen Sprachen sind nur diese Kurzformen definiert (das gilt auch für die
-Endungen der Vierteltöne).
+In manchen Sprachen sind nur diese Kurzformen definiert.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
+a2 as e es a ases e eses
+@end lilypond
+
+
+@cindex Mikrotöne
+@cindex Halbkreuz
+@cindex Halb-B
+@cindex sesqui-Kreuz
+@cindex sesqui-B
-@noindent
Bestimmte Musik verwendet Alterationen, die Bruchteile von den
-@qq{üblichen} Kreuzen oder Bs sind. Die Notenbezeichnungen für
+@qq{normalen} Kreuzen oder Bs sind. Die Notenbezeichnungen für
Vierteltöne für die verschiedenen Sprachen sind in der folgenden
Tabelle aufgeführt. Die Präfixe @qq{Semi-} und @qq{Sesqui-} bedeuten
-@qq{halb} bzw. @qq{eineinhalb}. Für Norwegisch, Schwedisch, Katalanisch
-und Spanisch sind noch keine eigenen Namen definiert.
-@c What about Turkish Maquam music and similar microtonal systems?
-@c
-@c Note that the term "three-quarter-sharp/-flat" used in lilypond's source code
-@c is actually misleading since the alteration is in fact one and a half
-@c of a regular sharp/flat. Whence the naming "sesqui-sharp/-flat" used below.
+@qq{halb} bzw. @qq{eineinhalb}. Für alle anderen
+Sprachen sind noch keine eigenen Namen definiert.
+
+@smallexample
+@multitable {nederlands.ly} {do re mi fa sol la sib si} {-iss/-is} {-ess/-es} {-ississ/-isis} {-ississ/-isis}
+@headitem Sprache
+ @tab Notenbezeichnung
+ @tab semi-sharp @tab semi-flat @tab sesqui-sharp @tab sesqui-flat
+
+@item nederlands.ly
+ @tab c d e f g a bes b
+ @tab -ih @tab -eh @tab -isih @tab -eseh
+@item arabic.ly
+ @tab do re mi fa sol la sib si
+ @tab -sd @tab -sb @tab -dsd @tab -bsb
+@item deutsch.ly
+ @tab c d e f g a b h
+ @tab -ih @tab -eh @tab -isih @tab -eseh
+@item english.ly
+ @tab c d e f g a bf b
+ @tab -qs @tab -qf @tab -tqs @tab -tqf
+@item italiano.ly
+ @tab do re mi fa sol la sib si
+ @tab -sd @tab -sb @tab -dsd @tab -bsb
+@item portugues.ly
+ @tab do re mi fa sol la sib si
+ @tab -sqt @tab -bqt @tab -stqt @tab -btqt
+@end multitable
+@end smallexample
-@example
- Notenbezeichnungen Semi- Semi- Sesqui- Sesqui-
- kreuz B Kreuz B
-
-nederlands.ly c d e f g a bes b -ih -eh -isih -eseh
-english.ly c d e f g a bf b -qs -qf -tqs -tqf
-deutsch.ly c d e f g a b h -ih -eh -isih -eseh
-norsk.ly c d e f g a b h
-svenska.ly c d e f g a b h
-italiano.ly do re mi fa sol la sib si -sd -sb -dsd -bsb
-catalan.ly do re mi fa sol la sib si
-espanol.ly do re mi fa sol la sib si
-@end example
+@seealso
+
+Musikglossar:
+@rglos{Pitch names}.
+
+Schnipsel:
+@rlsr{Pitches}.
@node Changing multiple pitches
@subsection Changing multiple pitches
+Dieser Abschnitt zeigt, wie man Tonhöhen beeinflusst.
+
@menu
-* Octave checks::
-* Transpose::
+* Octave checks::
+* Transpose::
@end menu
@node Octave checks
@unnumberedsubsubsec Octave checks
@cindex Oktavenüberprüfung
+@cindex Oktavierungskorrektur
+@cindex Kontroll-Tonhöhe
+@funindex =
+@funindex \octaveCheck
+@funindex controlpitch
+
+Im relativen Modus geschieht es recht häufig, dass ein
+Oktavänderungszeichen vergessen wird. Oktavenüberprüfungen
+machen es einfacher, solche Fehler zu entdecken und zu
+korrigieren. Sie geben eine Warnung aus und korrigieren
+die Oktave, wenn eine Note in einer unerwarteten Oktave
+gefunden wird.
+
+Um die Oktave einer Note zu überprfüfen, muss die absolute
+Oktave nach dem @code{=}-Symbol angegeben werden. Im
+folgenden Beispiel wird eine Warnung (und eine Tonhöhenänderung)
+generiert, weil die zweite Note als absolute Oktave
+ein @code{d''} anstelle von @code{d'} notiert ist,
+wie es die Oktavierungskorrektur markiert.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
+\relative c'' {
+ c2 d='4 d
+ e2 f
+}
+@end lilypond
-Durch Oktavenüberprüfung können Fehler einfacher entdeckt werden:
-nach einer Note kann @code{=}@var{Apostrophe} geschrieben werden,
-womit angezeigt wird, was ihre wirkliche Oktave sein soll. Im
-folgenden Beispiel
-
-@example
-\relative c'' @{ c='' b=' d,='' @}
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-erzeugt das @code{d} eine Warnung, weil ein @code{d''} erwartet
-wird (denn zwischen @code{b'} und @code{d''} befindet sich nur eine Terz),
-aber ein @code{d'} ist notiert. In der Notenausgabe wird die
-Oktave zu @code{d''} korrigiert und die nächste Note wird
-relativ zu @code{d''} anstelle von @code{d'} errechnet.
-
-Es gibt auch eine Oktavenüberprüfung, die keine sichtbare Ausgabe
-erzeugt. Die Syntax:
-
-@example
-\octaveCheck @var{Tonhöhe}
-@end example
-
-Hierdurch wird überprüft, dass die @var{Tonhöhe} (ohne Apostroph)
-der @var{Tonhöhe} (mit Apostroph) entspricht. Wenn sie
-sich nicht entsprechen, wird eine Warnung ausgegeben und die
-Oktave wird korrigiert. Die @var{Tonhöhe} wird nicht als
-Note gesetzt.
-
-Im nächsten Beispiel erzeugt die erste Überprüfung keine Warnung,
-weil das @code{e} (im relativen Modus) innerhalb einer Quarte
-zum @code{a'} liegt. Die zweite Überprüfung aber erzeugt eine
-Warnung, weil das @code{e} mehr als eine Quarte vom
-@code{b'} entfernt ist. Die Warnung wird ausgegeben und die Oktave wird
-korrigiert, so dass auch die folgenden Noten wieder in der
-richtigen Oktave gesetzt werden.
+Die Oktave von einer Note kann auch mit dem
+@code{\octaveCheck}@tie{}@var{Kontrolltonhöhe}-Befehl
+überprüft werden. @var{Kontrollhöhe} wird im absoluten
+Modus eingegeben. Dabei wird überprüft, ob das
+Intervall zwischen der vorherigen Note und der
+@var{Kontrolltonhöhe} nicht größer als eine Quarte ist
+(die normale Berechnung im relativen Modus). Wenn diese
+Überprüfung einen Fehler ausgibt, wird eine Warnung
+gemeldet, aber die vorigen Note wird nicht verändert.
+Folgende Noten sind dann relativ zur @var{Kontrolltonhöhe}.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
+\relative c'' {
+ c2 d
+ \octaveCheck c'
+ e2 f
+}
+@end lilypond
+Vergleichen Sie die zwei Takte im nächsten Beispiel. Die
+erste und dritte @code{\octaveCheck}-Überprüfung gibt
+einen Fehler aus, die zweite dagegen ist erfolgreich:
-@example
-\relative c' @{
- e
- \octaveCheck a'
- \octaveCheck b'
-@}
-@end example
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
+\relative c'' {
+ c4 f g f
+
+ c4
+ \octaveCheck c'
+ f
+ \octaveCheck c'
+ g
+ \octaveCheck c'
+ f
+}
+@end lilypond
-Die Oktave einer Note, der eine Oktavüberprüfung angefügt wurde,
-wird in Hinsicht auf die vorherige Note bestimmt. Im nächsten
-Fragment ist die letzte Note ein @code{a'}.
-Die Oktavenüberprüfung stellt fest, dass zwischen e' und kleinem
-b eine Quarte Abstand ist und dass die folgende Note, ein a', sich
-wieder innerhalb einer Quarte vom e' aus befindet. Die Überprüfung
-gibt also einen Erfolgswert zurück und die Notenausgabe wird nicht
-verändert.
+@seealso
+Schnipsel:
+@rlsr{Pitches}.
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim,fragment]
-\relative c' {
- e
- \octaveCheck b
- a
-}
-@end lilypond
+Referenz der Interna:
+@rinternals{RelativeOctaveCheck}.
@node Transpose
@cindex Transposition
@cindex Transponieren
+@cindex Noten, transponieren
+@cindex Tonhöhen, transponieren
@funindex \transpose
Ein musikalischer Ausdruck kann mit dem Befehl @code{\transpose}
transponiert werden. Die Syntax lautet:
+
@example
-\transpose @var{von} @var{nach} @var{mus. Ausdruck}
+\transpose @var{vonTonhöhe} @var{nachTonhöhe} @var{mus. Ausdruck}
@end example
+@noindent
Das bedeutet, dass der @var{mus. Ausdruck} um das Intervall zwischen den
-Tonhöhen @var{von} und @var{nach} transponiert wird: Jede Note, die die
-Tonhöhe @var{von} hat, wird in die Tonhöhe @var{nach} umgewandelt.
+Tonhöhen @var{vonTonhöhe} und @var{nachTonhöhe} transponiert wird: Jede Note, die die
+Tonhöhe @var{vonTonhöhe} hat, wird in die Tonhöhe @var{nachTonhöhe} umgewandelt, und alle anderen
+Noten um das gleiche Intervall. Beide Tonhöhen
+werden im absoluten Modus eingegeben.
So kann z. B. ein Stück in D-Dur, wenn es für den Sänger etwas zu
-tief ist, mit dem Befehl
+tief ist, nach E-Dur transponiert werden. Dabei
+werden auch die Vorzeichen entsprechend angepasst:
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
+\transpose d e {
+ \relative c' {
+ \key d \major
+ d4 fis a d
+ }
+}
+@end lilypond
-@example
-\transpose d e @dots{}
-@end example
+@cindex Transponierende Instrumente
+@cindex Instrumente, transponierende
+
+Wenn eine Stimme, die in C notiert ist, von einer A-Klarinette
+gespielt werden soll (für die A als C notiert wird,
+aber eine kleine Terz tiefer erklingt als es notiert
+ist), kann die entpsrechende Stimme wie folgt erstellt
+werden:
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
+\transpose a c' {
+ \relative c' {
+ \key c \major
+ c4 d e g
+ }
+}
+@end lilypond
@noindent
-nach E-Dur transponiert werden.
-
-Oder eine Violinstimme, die so notiert wird, wie sie erklingt,
-soll von einer A-Klarinette gespielt werden. Hier ist ein
-klingendes A als C notiert, so dass alles also eine kleine
-Terz tiefer erklingt, als es notiert ist. Für die Erzeugung der
-Klarinettenstimme muss folgender Befehl verwendet werden:
-
-@example
-\transpose a c @dots{}
-@end example
+Beachten Sie, dass @w{@code{\key c \major}} explizit
+angegeben werden muss. Wenn hier keine Tonart angemerkt
+würde, würde die Noten zwar transponiert, aber keine
+Vorzeichen angezeigt werden.
@code{\transpose} unterscheidet enharmonische Verwechslungen: sowohl
-@code{\transpose c cis} als auch @code{\transpose c des} transponieren
-die Musik einen Halbton nach oben. Aber die erste Version gibt als
+@w{@code{\transpose c cis}} als auch @w{@code{\transpose c des}} transponieren
+die Musik einen Halbton nach oben. Aber die erste Version gibt als
Versetzungszeichen Kreuze aus, die zweite dagegen B-Versetzungszeichen.
@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim]
-mus = { \key d \major cis d fis g }
+music = \relative c' { c d e f }
\new Staff {
- \clef "F" \mus
- \clef "G"
- \transpose c g' \mus
- \transpose c f' \mus
+ \transpose c cis { \music }
+ \transpose c des { \music }
}
@end lilypond
+@cindex transponierende Instrumente
+@cindex Instrumente, transponierende
+
@code{\transpose} kann auch benutzt werden, um die geschriebenen
-Noten eines transponierenden Instruments zu notieren. Tonhöhen in
-LilyPond werden üblicherweise notiert, wie sie erklingen, aber
-man kann auch eine andere Tonart verwenden. Noten einer
-B-Trompete, die mit einem klingenden D anfangen, könnte man also
+Noten eines transponierenden Instruments zu notieren. Im vorigen Beispiel wurde die Tonhöhen so eingegeben,
+wie sie erklingen (also in C), aber man kann genauso
+gut auch andersherum aus einer Stimme, die für ein
+transponierendes Instrument in einem anderen Ton als
+C geschrieben wurde, eine Partitur in C erstellen.
+Die Noten einer B-Trompete, die mit einem notierten E
+(also einem klingenden D) anfangen, könnte man also
auch so eingeben:
@example
-\transpose c bes @{ e4 @dots{} @}
+musicInBflat = @{ e4 @dots{} @}
+\transpose c bes, \musicInBflat
@end example
-Um die Noten dann wiederum als Trompetenstimme zu drucken (also einen
-Ganzton tiefer, als sie erklingen), setzt man einfach um sie herum
-eine weitere Transposition:
+@noindent
+Um die Noten dann in F zu setzen (um sie etwa für ein
+Horn zu arrangieren), könnte man die schon geschriebenen
+Noten wieder mit einem weiteren @code{\transpose}
+umgeben:
@example
-\transpose bes c @{ \transpose c bes @{ e4 @dots{} @} @}
+musicInBflat = @{ e4 @dots{} @}
+\transpose f c' @{ \transpose c bes, \musicInBflat @}
@end example
+@noindent
+Für mehr Information zu transponierenden Instrumenten
+siehe auch @ref{Instrument transpositions}.
+
+@snippets
+
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,texidoc,doctitle]
+{transposing-pitches-with-minimum-accidentals-smart-transpose.ly}
@seealso
-Programmreferenz:
-@rinternals{TransposedMusic}.
+Notationsreferenz:
+@ref{Instrument transpositions}.
-Beispiel:
+Schnipsel:
@rlsr{Pitches}.
+Referenz der Interna:
+@rinternals{TransposedMusic}.
+
+@funindex \transpose
+@funindex \chordmode
+@funindex \relative
@knownissues
-Wenn Sie sowohl @code{\transpose} als auch @code{\relative}
-benutzen wollen, muss die @code{\transpose}-Umgebung sich
-außerhalb der @code{\relative}-Umgebung befinden, da
-@code{\relative} keine Auswirkungen auf Noten hat, die sich
-innerhalb von @code{\transpose} befinden.
+Der relative Modus wirkt nicht in @code{\transpose},
+@code{\chordmode} oder @code{\relative}.
+Um auch im relativen Modus transponieren
+zu können, muss ein @code{\relative} innerhalb des
+@code{\tranpose} zusätzlich gesetzt werden.
@node Displaying pitches
@subsection Displaying pitches
+Dieser Abschnitt zeigt, wie die Ausgabe von Tonhöhen
+verändern werden kann.
+
@menu
-* Clef::
-* Key signature::
-* Ottava brackets::
-* Instrument transpositions::
-* Automatic accidentals::
-* Ambitus::
+* Clef::
+* Key signature::
+* Ottava brackets::
+* Instrument transpositions::
+* Automatic accidentals::
+* Ambitus::
@end menu
@node Clef
@unnumberedsubsubsec Clef
@funindex \clef
-
-Der Schlüssel zeigt eine bestimme Systemlinie an und markiert die
-Tonhöhe, mit der sie korrespondiert. Ein Schlüssel wird mit dem
-@code{\clef}-Befehl gesetzt.
-
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim]
-{ c''2 \clef alto g'2 }
-@end lilypond
-
-@cindex Notenschlüssel
-@cindex Schlüssel
-@cindex Violinschlüssel
+@cindex G-Schlüssel
+@cindex C-Schlüssel
+@cindex F-Schlüssel
@cindex Sopranschlüssel
+@cindex Violinschlüssel
@cindex Altschlüssel
@cindex Bratschenschlüssel
@cindex Tenorschlüssel
@cindex Bassschlüssel
-@cindex Franz. Violinschlüssel
-@cindex C-Schlüssel
+@cindex Französischer Violinschlüssel
@cindex Mezzosopranschlüssel
+@cindex Sopranschlüssel in C
@cindex Baritonschlüssel
-@cindex Subbasschlüssel
-
-Unterstützt sind folgende Schlüssel:
-
-@multitable @columnfractions .33 .66
-@headitem Schlüssel @tab Lage
-@item @code{treble} (Violinschlüssel) @tab
-G-Schlüssel auf der zweiten Linie
-@item @code{alto, C} (Bratschenschlüssel) @tab
-C-Schlüssel auf der dritten Linie
-@item @code{tenor} (Tenorschlüssel) @tab
-C-Schlüssel auf der vierten Linie
-@item @code{bass, F} (Bassschlüssel) @tab
-F-Schlüssel auf der vierten Linie
-@item @code{french} (Franz. Violinschlüssel)@tab
-G-Schlüssel auf der ersten Linie
-@item @code{soprano} (Sopranschlüssel) @tab
-C-Schlüssel auf der ersten Linie
-@item @code{mezzosoprano}(Mezzosopranschlüssel) @tab
-C-Schlüssel auf der zweiten Linie
-@item @code{baritone} (Baritonschlüssel) @tab
-C-Schlüssel auf der fünften Linie
-@item @code{varbaritone} (Bariton-F-Schlüssel) @tab
-F-Schlüssel auf der dritten Linie
-@item @code{subbass} (Kontrabassschlüssel) @tab
-F-Schlüssel auf der fünften Linie
-@item @code{percussion} @tab
-Schlagzeugschlüssel
-@item @code{tab} @tab
-Tabulaturschlüssel
-@end multitable
+@cindex Subbassschlüssel
+@cindex Schlüssel
+@cindex Notenschlüssel
+@cindex Alte Schlüssel
+@cindex Schlüssel Alter Musik
+@cindex Schlüssel, C
+@cindex Schlüssel, G
+@cindex Schlüssel, F
+
+Der Schlüssel kann verändert werden. Das eingestrichene
+C wird in jedem Beispiel gezeigt:
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=1]
+\clef treble
+c2 c
+\clef alto
+c2 c
+\clef tenor
+c2 c
+\clef bass
+c2 c
+@end lilypond
+
+Andere Schlüssel sind u. A.:
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=1]
+\clef french
+c2 c
+\clef soprano
+c2 c
+\clef mezzosoprano
+c2 c
+\clef baritone
+c2 c
+
+\break
+
+\clef varbaritone
+c2 c
+\clef subbass
+c2 c
+\clef percussion
+c2 c
+\clef tab
+c2 c
+@end lilypond
+
+Weitere unterstützte Schlüssel sind beschrieben in @ref{Ancient clefs}.
+
+@cindex transposing clefs
+@cindex clef, transposing
+@cindex octave transposition
+@cindex choral tenor clef
Indem @code{_8} oder @code{^8} an die jeweilige Schlüsselbezeichnung
angehängt wird, wird der Schlüssel um eine Oktave nach oben oder unten
Die Schlüsselbezeichnung muss in Anführungszeichen gesetzt werden,
wenn sie Unterstriche oder Zahlen enthält, siehe Beispiel:
-@cindex Tenorschlüssel, Chor
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim,fragment,relative=1]
-\clef "G_8" c4
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
+\clef treble
+c2 c
+\clef "treble_8"
+c2 c
+\clef "bass^15"
+c2 c
@end lilypond
+@snippets
-@commonprop
-
-Dem Befehl @code{\clef "treble_8"} entspricht die entsprechende separate
-Einstellung von @code{clefGlyph},
-@code{clefPosition} (womit y- und x-Position des Schlüssel bestimmt werden),
-@code{middleCPosition} und @code{clefOctavation}. Ein Schlüssel wird
-immer dann ausgegeben, wenn eine dieser Eigenschaften sich ändert. Im
-nächsten Beispiel werden Möglichkeiten gezeigt, die Eigenschaften manuell
-zu setzen.
-
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim]
-{
- \set Staff.clefGlyph = #"clefs.F"
- \set Staff.clefPosition = #2
- c'4
- \set Staff.clefGlyph = #"clefs.G"
- c'4
- \set Staff.clefGlyph = #"clefs.C"
- c'4
- \set Staff.clefOctavation = #7
- c'4
- \set Staff.clefOctavation = #0
- \set Staff.clefPosition = #0
- c'4
- \clef "bass"
- c'4
- \set Staff.middleCPosition = #4
- c'4
-}
-@end lilypond
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,texidoc,doctitle]
+{tweaking-clef-properties.ly}
@seealso
-Handbuch: @ref{Grace notes}.
+Notationsreferenz: @ref{Ancient clefs}.
-Programmreferenz: @rinternals{Clef}.
+Schnipsel:
+@rlsr{Pitches}.
+
+Referenz der Interna:
+@rinternals{Clef_engraver},
+@rinternals{Clef},
+@rinternals{OctavateEight},
+@rinternals{clef-interface}.
@node Key signature
@cindex Vorzeichen
@funindex \key
-Die Vorzeichen zeigen die Tonart an, in welcher ein Stück notiert ist.
+@c duplicated in Key signature and Accidentals
+@warning{Neue Benutzer sind manchmal verwirrt, wie
+Versetzungszeichen und Vorzeichen/Tonarten funktionieren.
+In LilyPond sind Notenbezeichnungen die wirkliche
+Tonhöhe, erst durch Vorzeichen wird bestimmt, wie diese
+Tonhöhe dann im Notenbild dargestellt wird. Eine
+einfache Tonhöhe wie etwa@tie{}@code{c} bedeutet also
+immer das eingestrichene C ohne Versetzungszeichen, egal
+was für Vorzeichen/Tonart oder Schlüssel gesetzt sind.
+Mehr Information dazu in @rlearning{Accidentals and key
+signatures}.}
+
+Die Vorzeichen zeigen die Tonart an, in welcher ein Stück notiert ist.
Es handelt sich um eine Anzahl von Alterationszeichen (Kreuzen oder
Bs) am Beginn jedes Notensystems.
-Das Setzen und Ändern von Tonarteinstellungen wird mit dem
-@code{\key}-Befehl vorgenommen.
+Die Tonart kann geändert werden:
@example
-@code{\key} @var{Tonhöhe} @var{Art}
+@code{\key} @var{Tonhöhe} @var{Modus}
@end example
@funindex \minor
@funindex \dorian
@cindex Kirchentonarten
@cindex Modus
-
-Der Wert @var{Art} sollte entweder @code{\major} oder @code{\minor}
+@cindex Dur
+@cindex Moll
+@cindex Ionisch
+@cindex Lokrisch
+@cindex Äolisch
+@cindex Mixolydisch
+@cindex Aeolisch
+@cindex Dorisch
+@cindex Lydisch
+@cindex Phrygisch
+
+Der Wert @var{Modus} sollte entweder @code{\major} oder @code{\minor}
sein, um Moll oder Dur der @var{Tonhöhe} zu erhalten. Es können auch
Modusbezeichnungen für Kirchentonarten verwendet werden: @code{\ionian}
(Ionisch), @code{\locrian} (Locrisch), @code{\aeolian} (Aeolisch),
@code{\mixolydian} (Mixolydisch), @code{\lydian} (Lydisch),
@code{\phrygian} (Phrygisch) und @code{\dorian} (Dorisch).
-Dieser Befehl ändert die Kontexteigenschaft
-@code{Staff.keySignature}. Vorzeichen, die nicht dem Standard entsprechen,
-können manuell mit dieser Eigenschaft eingegeben werden.
-
-Versetzungszeichen und Vorzeichen können am Anfang etwas verwirrend sein,
-da unveränderte Noten je nach Tonart ein Auflösungszeichen bekommen
-können (Beispiel). Mehr Information in den Abschnitten @ref{Accidentals}
-oder @rlearning{Accidentals and key signatures}.
-
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim,relative=2,fragment]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
\key g \major
-f1
+fis1
+f
fis
@end lilypond
+@snippets
-@commonprop
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,texidoc,doctitle]
+{preventing-natural-signs-from-being-printed-when-the-key-signature-changes.ly}
-Ein Auflösungszeichen wird gesetzt, um vorhergehende Vorzeichen
-rückgängig zu machen. Das kann aber unterdrückt werden, indem
-die @code{Staff.printKeyCancellation}-Eigenschaft angepasst wird.
-
-@lilypond[quote,fragment,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim,relative=2]
-\key d \major
-a b cis d
-\key g \minor
-a bes c d
-\set Staff.printKeyCancellation = ##f
-\key d \major
-a b cis d
-\key g \minor
-a bes c d
-@end lilypond
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,texidoc,doctitle]
+{non-traditional-key-signatures.ly}
@seealso
-Programmreferenz: @rinternals{KeyCancellation},
-@rinternals{KeySignature}.
+Musikglossar:
+@rglos{church mode},
+@rglos{scordatura}.
+
+Handbuch zum Lernen:
+@rlearning{Accidentals and key signatures}.
+
+Schnipsel:
+@rlsr{Pitches}.
+
+Referenz der Interna:
+@rinternals{KeyChangeEvent},
+@rinternals{Key_engraver},
+@rinternals{Key_performer},
+@rinternals{KeyCancellation},
+@rinternals{KeySignature},
+@rinternals{key-cancellation-interface},
+@rinternals{key-signature-interface}.
@node Ottava brackets
@unnumberedsubsubsec Ottava brackets
-@untranslated
+@cindex ottava
+@cindex 15ma
+@cindex 8va
+@cindex 8ve
+@cindex Oktavierung
+@funindex set-octavation
+
+@notation{Oktavierungsklammern} zeigen eine zusätzliche
+Transposition von einer Oktave an:
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
+a'2 b
+\ottava #1
+a b
+\ottava #0
+a b
+@end lilypond
+
+Die @code{ottava}-(Oktavierungs)-Funktion kann auch die
+Werte -1 (für 8va bassa),
+2@tie{}(für 15ma), und -2 (für 15ma bassa) als Argumente
+haben.
+
+
+@snippets
+
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,texidoc,doctitle]
+{ottava-text.ly}
+
+
+@seealso
+
+Musikglossar:
+@rglos{octavation}.
+
+Schnipsel:
+@rlsr{Pitches}.
+
+Referenz der Interna:
+@rinternals{Ottava_spanner_engraver},
+@rinternals{OttavaBracket},
+@rinternals{ottava-bracket-interface}.
+
@node Instrument transpositions
@unnumberedsubsubsec Instrument transpositions
-@untranslated
+@cindex Transposition, MIDI
+@cindex Transposition, Instrumente
+@cindex Transponierendes Instrument
+@cindex MIDI
+@cindex MIDI-Transposition
+@funindex \transposition
+
+Wenn man Noten setzt, die von transponierenden Instrumenten
+gespielt werden, sind oft einige Stimmen auf einer
+anderen Tonhöhe notiert als dem Kammerton. In diesem
+Fall muss die Tonart des transponierenden Instruments
+gekennzeichnet werden, weil sonst die MIDI-Ausgabe
+und Stichnoten in anderen Stimmen falsche Tonhöhen
+produzieren. Mehr Information zu Stichnoten in
+@ref{Quoting other voices}.
+
+@example
+\transposition @var{Tonhöhe}
+@end example
+
+Die Tonhöhe, die für @code{\transposition} benutzt
+wird, muss mit dem wirklichen Ton übereinstimmen,
+der erklingt, wenn das Instrument ein @code{c'}
+in seiner Stimme spielt. Die Tonhöhe wird im
+absoluten Modus angegeben, ein Instrument also,
+dass einen Ton höher erklingt als es notiert wird,
+muss folgenden Befehl benutzen:
+@w{@code{\transposition d'}}. @code{\transposition}
+sollte @emph{nur} dann benutzt werden, wenn sie nicht
+@emph{nicht} in C notiert werden.
+
+Hier einige Noten für Geige und B-Klarinette: die
+Stimmen (Noten und Vorzeichen) sind so notiert, wie sie
+in der Partitur erscheinen. Die zwei Instrumente
+spielen unisono.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
+\new GrandStaff <<
+ \new Staff = "violin" {
+ \relative c'' {
+ \set Staff.instrumentName = "Vln"
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = "violin"
+ % not strictly necessary, but a good reminder
+ \transposition c'
+
+ \key c \major
+ g4( c8) r c r c4
+ }
+ }
+ \new Staff = "clarinet" {
+ \relative c'' {
+ \set Staff.instrumentName = \markup { Cl (B\flat) }
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = "clarinet"
+ \transposition bes
+
+ \key d \major
+ a4( d8) r d r d4
+ }
+ }
+>>
+@end lilypond
+
+Die @code{\transposition} kann während eines Stückes
+geändert werden. Ein Klarinetist zum Beispiel kann
+zwischen B- und A-Klarinette wechseln.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
+\set Staff.instrumentName = "Cl (A)"
+\key a \major
+\transposition a
+c d e f
+\textLengthOn
+s1*0^\markup { Switch to B\flat clarinet }
+R1
+
+\key bes \major
+\transposition bes
+c2 g
+@end lilypond
+
+
+@seealso
+
+Musikglossar:
+@rglos{concert pitch},
+@rglos{transposing instrument}.
+
+Notationsreferenz:
+@ref{Quoting other voices}, @ref{Transpose}.
+
+Schnipsel:
+@rlsr{Pitches}.
@node Automatic accidentals
@unnumberedsubsubsec Automatic accidentals
-@untranslated
+@cindex Akzidentien
+@cindex Versetzungszeichen, Standard
+@cindex Versetzungszeichenstil
+@cindex Automatische Versetzungszeichen
+@cindex Versetzungszeichen, automatisch
+@cindex Standard-Versetzungszeichenstil
+@funindex set-accidental-style
+@funindex voice
+
+Es gibt viele unterschiedliche Regeln, wie Versetzungszeichen
+notiert werden. LilyPond hat eine Funktion, mit der
+spezifiziert werden kann, welcher Stil benutzt werden
+soll. Diese Funktion kann man wie folgt benutzen:
+
+@example
+\new Staff <<
+ #(set-accidental-style 'voice)
+ @{ @dots{} @}
+>>
+@end example
+
+Der Versetzungszeichenstil bezieht sich auf das aktuelle
+Notensystem in der Standardeinstellung (eine Ausnahme
+bilden die Stile @code{piano} und @code{piano-cautionary},
+die weiter unten erklärt werden). Die Funktion kann aber
+auch ein zweites Argument erhalten, mit der spezifiziert
+wird, auf welchen Bereich sich der neue Stil erstreckt.
+Um etwa den neuen Stil in allen Systemen einer
+Stimmbruppe (@code{StaffGroup}) zu benutzen, müsste der Befehl so aussehen:
+
+@example
+#(set-accidental-style 'voice 'StaffGroup)
+@end example
+
+Folgende Versetzungszeichenstile sind unterstützt.
+Um jeden Stil zu erklären, wird folgendes Beispiel
+benützt:
+
+@funindex default
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
+musicA = {
+ <<
+ \relative c' {
+ cis'8 fis, d'4 <a cis>8 f bis4 |
+ cis2. <c, g'>4 |
+ }
+ \\
+ \relative c' {
+ ais'2 cis, |
+ fis8 b a4 cis2 |
+ }
+ >>
+}
+
+musicB = {
+ \clef bass
+ \new Voice {
+ \voiceTwo \relative c' {
+ <fis, a cis>4
+ \change Staff = up
+ cis'
+ \change Staff = down
+ <fis, a>
+ \change Staff = up
+ dis' |
+ \change Staff = down
+ <fis, a cis>4 gis <f a d>2 |
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+\new PianoStaff {
+ <<
+ \context Staff = "up" {
+ #(set-accidental-style 'default)
+ \musicA
+ }
+ \context Staff = "down" {
+ #(set-accidental-style 'default)
+ \musicB
+ }
+ >>
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+Die letzten Zeilen des Beispiels könnten auch mit folgendem
+Code ersetzt werden, solange der gleiche Versetzungszeichenstil
+in beiden Systemen benutzt werden soll:
+
+@example
+\new PianoStaff @{
+ <<
+ \context Staff = "up" @{
+ %%% change the next line as desired:
+ #(set-accidental-style 'default 'Score)
+ \musicA
+ @}
+ \context Staff = "down" @{
+ \musicB
+ @}
+ >>
+@}
+@end example
+
+
+@c don't use verbatim in this table.
+@table @code
+@item default (Standard)
+
+@cindex Standard-Versetzungszeichenstil
+@cindex Versetzungszeichenstil, Standard
+@funindex default
+
+Das ist das Standardverhalten. Es entspricht der
+Konvention für Notation von Musik des 18. Jahrhunderts:
+Versetzungszeichen werden bis zum Taktende erinnert, in
+dem sie gesetzt wurden, und nur in ihrer eigenen
+Oktave. Im nächsten Beispiel wird also kein
+Auslösungszeichen vor dem@tie{}@code{b} (H) im zweiten
+Takt oder dem letzen@tie{}@code{c} gesetzt:
+
+@lilypond[quote]
+musicA = {
+ <<
+ \relative c' {
+ cis'8 fis, d'4 <a cis>8 f bis4 |
+ cis2. <c, g'>4 |
+ }
+ \\
+ \relative c' {
+ ais'2 cis, |
+ fis8 b a4 cis2 |
+ }
+ >>
+}
+
+musicB = {
+ \clef bass
+ \new Voice {
+ \voiceTwo \relative c' {
+ <fis, a cis>4
+ \change Staff = up
+ cis'
+ \change Staff = down
+ <fis, a>
+ \change Staff = up
+ dis' |
+ \change Staff = down
+ <fis, a cis>4 gis <f a d>2 |
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+\new PianoStaff {
+ <<
+ \context Staff = "up" {
+ #(set-accidental-style 'default)
+ \musicA
+ }
+ \context Staff = "down" {
+ #(set-accidental-style 'default)
+ \musicB
+ }
+ >>
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+@item voice (Stimme)
+
+@cindex Versetzungszeichenstil, Stimme
+@cindex Stimme-Versetzungszeichenstil
+@cindex Voice-Versetzungszeichenstil
+@cindex moderner Versetzungszeichenstil
+@cindex Versetzungszeichenstil modern
+@cindex Versetzungszeichenstil, modern-cautionary
+@cindex modern-Warnung-Versetzungszeichenstil
+@funindex voice
+
+Das normale Verhalten ist es, die Versetzungszeichen
+auf der Notensystemebene zu erinnern. In diesem
+Stil aber werden Versetzungszeichen individuell für
+jede Stimme errechnet. Abgesehen davon gelten die
+Regeln des Standardstiles (@code{default}).
+
+Das hat zur Folge, dass Versetzungszeichen von einer
+Stimme in der anderen nicht aufgelöst werden, was oft
+ein unerwünschtes Ergebnis ist: im folgenden Beispiel
+kann man schwer sagen, ob das zweite @code{a} unalteriert
+oder erhöht gespielt werden soll. Die @code{voice}-Option
+sollte also nur benutzt werden, wenn die Stimmen
+separat von unterschiedlichen Musikern gelesen werden.
+Wenn das System nur von einem Musiker benutzt wird
+(etwa der Dirigent oder ein Klavierspieler), dann
+sind die Stile @code{modern} oder @code{modern-cautionary}
+besser.
+
+@lilypond[quote]
+musicA = {
+ <<
+ \relative c' {
+ cis'8 fis, d'4 <a cis>8 f bis4 |
+ cis2. <c, g'>4 |
+ }
+ \\
+ \relative c' {
+ ais'2 cis, |
+ fis8 b a4 cis2 |
+ }
+ >>
+}
+
+musicB = {
+ \clef bass
+ \new Voice {
+ \voiceTwo \relative c' {
+ <fis, a cis>4
+ \change Staff = up
+ cis'
+ \change Staff = down
+ <fis, a>
+ \change Staff = up
+ dis' |
+ \change Staff = down
+ <fis, a cis>4 gis <f a d>2 |
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+\new PianoStaff {
+ <<
+ \context Staff = "up" {
+ #(set-accidental-style 'voice)
+ \musicA
+ }
+ \context Staff = "down" {
+ #(set-accidental-style 'voice)
+ \musicB
+ }
+ >>
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+@item modern (Modern)
+
+@cindex Versetzungszeichen, moderne Stile
+@cindex Moderner Stil, Versetzungszeichen
+@funindex modern
+
+Dieser Stil orientiert sich an den üblichen Regeln für
+das 20. Jahrhundert. Die gleichen Versetzungszeichen
+wie im Standardstil werden gesetzt, allerdings mit zwei
+Ausnahmen, die Uneindeutigkeiten verhindern sollen: nach
+vorübergehenden Versetzungszeichen werden Auflösungszeichen
+auch im folgenden Takt gesetzt (für Noten innerhalb der
+selben Oktave) und im gleichen Takt für Noten in
+unterschiedlichen Oktaven. Daher kommen also die Auflösungszeichen
+vor dem H und dem C im zweiten Takt des oberen Systems:
+
+@lilypond[quote]
+musicA = {
+ <<
+ \relative c' {
+ cis'8 fis, d'4 <a cis>8 f bis4 |
+ cis2. <c, g'>4 |
+ }
+ \\
+ \relative c' {
+ ais'2 cis, |
+ fis8 b a4 cis2 |
+ }
+ >>
+}
+
+musicB = {
+ \clef bass
+ \new Voice {
+ \voiceTwo \relative c' {
+ <fis, a cis>4
+ \change Staff = up
+ cis'
+ \change Staff = down
+ <fis, a>
+ \change Staff = up
+ dis' |
+ \change Staff = down
+ <fis, a cis>4 gis <f a d>2 |
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+\new PianoStaff {
+ <<
+ \context Staff = "up" {
+ #(set-accidental-style 'modern)
+ \musicA
+ }
+ \context Staff = "down" {
+ #(set-accidental-style 'modern)
+ \musicB
+ }
+ >>
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+@item modern-cautionary (Modern mit Warnungen)
+
+@cindex Versetzungszeichen, moderner Stil mit Warnungen
+@cindex moderner Versetzungszeichenstil
+@cindex moderner Verseztungszeichenstil mit Warnungen
+@funindex modern-cautionary
+
+Dieser Stil ähnelt @code{modern}, aber die @qq{zusätzlichen}
+Versetzungszeichen (die normalerweise nicht gesetzt werden)
+werden als Warnungen gesetzt. In der Standardeinstellung werden
+sie in Klammern gesetzt, aber sie können auch in kleinerer
+Größe gesetzt werden, wenn man die @code{cautionary-style}-Eigenschaft
+von @code{AccidentalSuggestion} definiert.
+
+@lilypond[quote]
+musicA = {
+ <<
+ \relative c' {
+ cis'8 fis, d'4 <a cis>8 f bis4 |
+ cis2. <c, g'>4 |
+ }
+ \\
+ \relative c' {
+ ais'2 cis, |
+ fis8 b a4 cis2 |
+ }
+ >>
+}
+
+musicB = {
+ \clef bass
+ \new Voice {
+ \voiceTwo \relative c' {
+ <fis, a cis>4
+ \change Staff = up
+ cis'
+ \change Staff = down
+ <fis, a>
+ \change Staff = up
+ dis' |
+ \change Staff = down
+ <fis, a cis>4 gis <f a d>2 |
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+\new PianoStaff {
+ <<
+ \context Staff = "up" {
+ #(set-accidental-style 'modern-cautionary)
+ \musicA
+ }
+ \context Staff = "down" {
+ #(set-accidental-style 'modern-cautionary)
+ \musicB
+ }
+ >>
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+@item modern-voice (Modern für Stimmeen)
+
+@cindex Versetzungszeichenstil, modern
+@cindex Versetzungszeichen pro Stimme
+@cindex moderner Versetzungszeichenstil
+@cindex moderne Versetzungszeichen
+@cindex Stimmen, Versetzungszeichen für
+@funindex modern-voice
+
+Diese Regel wird für vielstimmige Noten benutzt, die sowohl von
+unterschiedlichen Spielern für jede Stimme als auch von einem Spieler
+für alle Stimmen benutzt. Versetzungszeichen werden für jede
+Stimme gesetzt, aber sie @emph{werden} über die Stimme hinweg
+aufgelöst innerhalb des selben Notensystems. Das @code{a} im letzten
+Takt ist also aufgelöst, weil die vorigen Auflösung in einer anderen
+Stimme stattgefunden hatte, und das @code{d} im unteren System ist
+aufgelöst wegen eines Versetzunszeichens in einer anderen Stimme im
+vorigen Takt:
+
+@lilypond[quote]
+musicA = {
+ <<
+ \relative c' {
+ cis'8 fis, d'4 <a cis>8 f bis4 |
+ cis2. <c, g'>4 |
+ }
+ \\
+ \relative c' {
+ ais'2 cis, |
+ fis8 b a4 cis2 |
+ }
+ >>
+}
+
+musicB = {
+ \clef bass
+ \new Voice {
+ \voiceTwo \relative c' {
+ <fis, a cis>4
+ \change Staff = up
+ cis'
+ \change Staff = down
+ <fis, a>
+ \change Staff = up
+ dis' |
+ \change Staff = down
+ <fis, a cis>4 gis <f a d>2 |
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+\new PianoStaff {
+ <<
+ \context Staff = "up" {
+ #(set-accidental-style 'modern-voice)
+ \musicA
+ }
+ \context Staff = "down" {
+ #(set-accidental-style 'modern-voice)
+ \musicB
+ }
+ >>
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+@cindex Versetzungszeichenstil, modern mit Warnung für Stimmen
+@cindex Stimmen, Versetzungszeichenstil mit Warnung für Stimmen
+@cindex moderner Versetzungszeichensitl mit Warnungen für Stimmen
+@funindex modern-voice-cautionary
+
+@item modern-voice-cautionary (modern mit Warnungen für einzelne Stimmen)
+
+Dieser Stil ist der gleiche wie @code{modern-voice}, nur dass hier
+die zusätzlichen Versetzungszeichen (die nicht vom @code{voice}-Stil
+gesetzt werden) als Warnungsversetzungszeichen gesetzt werden.
+Obwohl alle Versetzungszeichen, die mit @code{default} gesetzt werden,
+auch mit diesem Stil gesetzt werden, sind manche Warnungsversetzungszeichen.
+
+@lilypond[quote]
+musicA = {
+ <<
+ \relative c' {
+ cis'8 fis, d'4 <a cis>8 f bis4 |
+ cis2. <c, g'>4 |
+ }
+ \\
+ \relative c' {
+ ais'2 cis, |
+ fis8 b a4 cis2 |
+ }
+ >>
+}
+
+musicB = {
+ \clef bass
+ \new Voice {
+ \voiceTwo \relative c' {
+ <fis, a cis>4
+ \change Staff = up
+ cis'
+ \change Staff = down
+ <fis, a>
+ \change Staff = up
+ dis' |
+ \change Staff = down
+ <fis, a cis>4 gis <f a d>2 |
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+\new PianoStaff {
+ <<
+ \context Staff = "up" {
+ #(set-accidental-style 'modern-voice-cautionary)
+ \musicA
+ }
+ \context Staff = "down" {
+ #(set-accidental-style 'modern-voice-cautionary)
+ \musicB
+ }
+ >>
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+@item piano (Klavier)
+
+@cindex Versetzungszeichenstil, piano
+@cindex Versetzungszeichen für Klavier
+@cindex Klavier-Versetzungszeichenstil
+@cindex Piano-Versetzungszeichenstil
+@funindex piano
+
+Dieser Stil orientiert sich an den Regeln im 20. Jahrhundert für die
+Notation von Klaviermusik. Er ist sehr ähnlich mit dem modernen
+Stil, aber Versetzungszeichen werden auch über Notensysteme hinweg
+für die selbe Akkolade (@code{GrandStaff} oder @code{PianoStaff}) aufgelöst.
+
+Dieser Versetzungszeichenstil wirkt sich standardmäßig auf die gesamte
+Akkolade (@code{GrandStaff} oder @code{PianoStaff}) aus.
+
+@lilypond[quote]
+musicA = {
+ <<
+ \relative c' {
+ cis'8 fis, d'4 <a cis>8 f bis4 |
+ cis2. <c, g'>4 |
+ }
+ \\
+ \relative c' {
+ ais'2 cis, |
+ fis8 b a4 cis2 |
+ }
+ >>
+}
+
+musicB = {
+ \clef bass
+ \new Voice {
+ \voiceTwo \relative c' {
+ <fis, a cis>4
+ \change Staff = up
+ cis'
+ \change Staff = down
+ <fis, a>
+ \change Staff = up
+ dis' |
+ \change Staff = down
+ <fis, a cis>4 gis <f a d>2 |
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+\new PianoStaff {
+ <<
+ \context Staff = "up" {
+ #(set-accidental-style 'piano)
+ \musicA
+ }
+ \context Staff = "down" {
+ \musicB
+ }
+ >>
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+@item piano-cautionary (Klavier mit Warnungen)
+
+@funindex piano-cautionary
+@cindex Versetzungszeichen, piano cautionary
+@cindex Warnungsversetzungszeichen für Klavier
+@cindex Klavier: Warnungsversetzungszeichen
+@cindex Versetzungszeichenstil Klavier mit Warnungen
+
+Dieser Stil verhält sich wie @code{piano}, aber die zusätzlichen
+Versetzungszeichen werden als Warnungen ausgegeben:
+
+@lilypond[quote]
+musicA = {
+ <<
+ \relative c' {
+ cis'8 fis, d'4 <a cis>8 f bis4 |
+ cis2. <c, g'>4 |
+ }
+ \\
+ \relative c' {
+ ais'2 cis, |
+ fis8 b a4 cis2 |
+ }
+ >>
+}
+
+musicB = {
+ \clef bass
+ \new Voice {
+ \voiceTwo \relative c' {
+ <fis, a cis>4
+ \change Staff = up
+ cis'
+ \change Staff = down
+ <fis, a>
+ \change Staff = up
+ dis' |
+ \change Staff = down
+ <fis, a cis>4 gis <f a d>2 |
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+\new PianoStaff {
+ <<
+ \context Staff = "up" {
+ #(set-accidental-style 'piano-cautionary)
+ \musicA
+ }
+ \context Staff = "down" {
+ \musicB
+ }
+ >>
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+
+@item neo-modern
+
+@funindex neo-modern
+@cindex neo-moderner Versetzungszeichenstil
+@cindex Versetzungszeichenstil, neo-modern
+
+Dieser Stil richtet sich nach den Regeln für moderne Musik:
+Versetzungszeichen werden mit im @code{modern}-Stil gesetzt, aber
+sie werden nochmal gesetzt, wenn die gleiche Note später im selben
+Takt auftritt -- außer die Note wird unmittelbar wiederholt.
+
+@lilypond[quote]
+musicA = {
+ <<
+ \relative c' {
+ cis'8 fis, d'4 <a cis>8 f bis4 |
+ cis2. <c, g'>4 |
+ }
+ \\
+ \relative c' {
+ ais'2 cis, |
+ fis8 b a4 cis2 |
+ }
+ >>
+}
+
+musicB = {
+ \clef bass
+ \new Voice {
+ \voiceTwo \relative c' {
+ <fis, a cis>4
+ \change Staff = up
+ cis'
+ \change Staff = down
+ <fis, a>
+ \change Staff = up
+ dis' |
+ \change Staff = down
+ <fis, a cis>4 gis <f a d>2 |
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+\new PianoStaff {
+ <<
+ \context Staff = "up" {
+ #(set-accidental-style 'neo-modern)
+ \musicA
+ }
+ \context Staff = "down" {
+ #(set-accidental-style 'neo-modern)
+ \musicB
+ }
+ >>
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+@item neo-modern-cautionary (neo-modern mit Warnungen)
+
+@funindex neo-modern-cautionary
+@cindex neo-modern-cautionary-Versetzungszeichenstil
+@cindex Versetzungszeichenstil neo-modern mit Warnungen
+@cindex Warnungsversetzungszeichen, neo-modern
+
+Dieser Stil ähnelt @code{neo-modern}, aber die zusätzlichen
+Versetzungszeichen werden als Warnungen gesetzt.
+
+@lilypond[quote]
+musicA = {
+ <<
+ \relative c' {
+ cis'8 fis, d'4 <a cis>8 f bis4 |
+ cis2. <c, g'>4 |
+ }
+ \\
+ \relative c' {
+ ais'2 cis, |
+ fis8 b a4 cis2 |
+ }
+ >>
+}
+
+musicB = {
+ \clef bass
+ \new Voice {
+ \voiceTwo \relative c' {
+ <fis, a cis>4
+ \change Staff = up
+ cis'
+ \change Staff = down
+ <fis, a>
+ \change Staff = up
+ dis' |
+ \change Staff = down
+ <fis, a cis>4 gis <f a d>2 |
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+\new PianoStaff {
+ <<
+ \context Staff = "up" {
+ #(set-accidental-style 'neo-modern-cautionary)
+ \musicA
+ }
+ \context Staff = "down" {
+ #(set-accidental-style 'neo-modern-cautionary)
+ \musicB
+ }
+ >>
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+
+@item dodecaphonic (Zwölftonmusik)
+
+@funindex dodecaphonic
+@cindex dodekaphoner Versetzungszeichenstil
+@cindex Zwölftonmusik, Versetzungszeichenstil
+@cindex Versetzungszeichenstil, Zwölftonmusik
+
+Dieser Stil orientiert sich an der Notation von sog. Zwölftonmusik,
+der Stil wurde Anfang des 20. Jahrhunderts in Gebrauch genommen.
+In diesem Stil erhält @emph{jede} Note ein Versetzungszeichen, wozu
+auch Auflösungszeichen zählen.
+
+@lilypond[quote]
+musicA = {
+ <<
+ \relative c' {
+ cis'8 fis, d'4 <a cis>8 f bis4 |
+ cis2. <c, g'>4 |
+ }
+ \\
+ \relative c' {
+ ais'2 cis, |
+ fis8 b a4 cis2 |
+ }
+ >>
+}
+
+musicB = {
+ \clef bass
+ \new Voice {
+ \voiceTwo \relative c' {
+ <fis, a cis>4
+ \change Staff = up
+ cis'
+ \change Staff = down
+ <fis, a>
+ \change Staff = up
+ dis' |
+ \change Staff = down
+ <fis, a cis>4 gis <f a d>2 |
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+\new PianoStaff {
+ <<
+ \context Staff = "up" {
+ #(set-accidental-style 'dodecaphonic)
+ \musicA
+ }
+ \context Staff = "down" {
+ #(set-accidental-style 'dodecaphonic)
+ \musicB
+ }
+ >>
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+
+@item teaching (didaktisch)
+
+@funindex teaching
+@cindex teaching-Versetzungszeichenstil
+@cindex Versetzungszeichenstil teaching
+@cindex didaktischer Versetzungszeichenstil
+
+Dieser Stil ist für Lernende bestimmt: der Stil orientiert sich
+am @code{modern}-Stil, aber die Alterationen, die sich durch die
+Tonart ergeben, werden zusätzlich als Warnungsversetzungszeichen
+gesetzt. Eine Ausnahme sind direkt wiederholte Noten.
+
+@lilypond[quote]
+musicA = {
+ <<
+ \relative c' {
+ cis'8 fis, d'4 <a cis>8 f bis4 |
+ cis2. <c, g'>4 |
+ }
+ \\
+ \relative c' {
+ ais'2 cis, |
+ fis8 b a4 cis2 |
+ }
+ >>
+}
+
+musicB = {
+ \clef bass
+ \new Voice {
+ \voiceTwo \relative c' {
+ <fis, a cis>4
+ \change Staff = up
+ cis'
+ \change Staff = down
+ <fis, a>
+ \change Staff = up
+ dis' |
+ \change Staff = down
+ <fis, a cis>4 gis <f a d>2 |
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+\new PianoStaff {
+ <<
+ \context Staff = "up" {
+ \key fis \minor
+ #(set-accidental-style 'teaching)
+ \musicA
+ }
+ \context Staff = "down" {
+ \key fis \minor
+ #(set-accidental-style 'teaching)
+ \musicB
+ }
+ >>
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+
+
+@item no-reset (nicht zurücksetzen)
+
+@funindex no-reset
+@cindex Versetzungszeichenstil, no reset
+@cindex Versetzungszeichenstil: nicht zurücksetzen
+
+Das ist der gleiche Stil wie @code{default}, aber die Versetzungszeichen
+dauern für @qq{immer} an, nicht nur im aktuellen Takt:
+
+@lilypond[quote]
+musicA = {
+ <<
+ \relative c' {
+ cis'8 fis, d'4 <a cis>8 f bis4 |
+ cis2. <c, g'>4 |
+ }
+ \\
+ \relative c' {
+ ais'2 cis, |
+ fis8 b a4 cis2 |
+ }
+ >>
+}
+
+musicB = {
+ \clef bass
+ \new Voice {
+ \voiceTwo \relative c' {
+ <fis, a cis>4
+ \change Staff = up
+ cis'
+ \change Staff = down
+ <fis, a>
+ \change Staff = up
+ dis' |
+ \change Staff = down
+ <fis, a cis>4 gis <f a d>2 |
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+\new PianoStaff {
+ <<
+ \context Staff = "up" {
+ #(set-accidental-style 'no-reset)
+ \musicA
+ }
+ \context Staff = "down" {
+ #(set-accidental-style 'no-reset)
+ \musicB
+ }
+ >>
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+@item forget (vergessen)
+
+@funindex forget
+@cindex forget-Versetzungszeichenstil
+@cindex Versetzungszeichenstil forget
+@cindex Versetzungszeichenstil Vergessen
+
+Das ist das Gegenteil von @code{no-reset}: Versetzungszeichen
+werden überhaupt nicht erinnert und folgerichtig werden alle
+Versetzungszeichen entsprechend der Tonart gesetzt, unabhängig
+vom Kontext der Noten. Anders als @code{dodecaphonic} werden nie
+Auflösungszeichen gesetzt:
+
+@lilypond[quote]
+musicA = {
+ <<
+ \relative c' {
+ cis'8 fis, d'4 <a cis>8 f bis4 |
+ cis2. <c, g'>4 |
+ }
+ \\
+ \relative c' {
+ ais'2 cis, |
+ fis8 b a4 cis2 |
+ }
+ >>
+}
+
+musicB = {
+ \clef bass
+ \new Voice {
+ \voiceTwo \relative c' {
+ <fis, a cis>4
+ \change Staff = up
+ cis'
+ \change Staff = down
+ <fis, a>
+ \change Staff = up
+ dis' |
+ \change Staff = down
+ <fis, a cis>4 gis <f a d>2 |
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+\new PianoStaff {
+ <<
+ \context Staff = "up" {
+ #(set-accidental-style 'forget)
+ \musicA
+ }
+ \context Staff = "down" {
+ #(set-accidental-style 'forget)
+ \musicB
+ }
+ >>
+}
+@end lilypond
+@end table
+
+@snippets
+
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,texidoc,doctitle]
+{dodecaphonic-style-accidentals-for-each-note-including-naturals.ly}
+
+
+@seealso
+
+Schnipsel:
+@rlsr{Pitches}.
+
+Referenz der Interna:
+@rinternals{Accidental},
+@rinternals{Accidental_engraver},
+@rinternals{GrandStaff} and
+@rinternals{PianoStaff},
+@rinternals{Staff},
+@rinternals{AccidentalSuggestion},
+@rinternals{AccidentalPlacement},
+@rinternals{accidental-suggestion-interface}.
+
+
+@cindex Versetzungszeichen und gleichzeitige Noten
+@cindex simultane Noten und Versetzungszeichen
+@cindex Akkorde: Versetzungszeichen
+@cindex gleichzeitige Noten: Versetzungszeichen
+@cindex Versetzungszeichen in Akkorden
+
+@knownissues
+
+Gleichzeitig erklingende Noten müssen im sequenziellen Modus eingegeben
+werden. Das bedeutet, dass die Versetzungszeichen von Noten in
+Akkorden so gesetzt werden, als ob die Noten nacheinander auftreten,
+in der Reihenfolge, in der sie im Quelltext erscheinen. Das ist ein
+Problem, wenn Versetzungzeichen in einem AKkord voneinander abhängen,
+was im Standard-Stil nicht vorkommt. Das Problem kann gelöst werden,
+indem man manuell@tie{}@code{!} oder@tie{}@code{?} für die problematischen
+Noten schreibt.
+
@node Ambitus
@unnumberedsubsubsec Ambitus
-@untranslated
+@cindex Ambitus
+@cindex Stimmumfang
+
+Der Begriff @notation{ambitus} (Pl. ambitus) beschreibt den
+Stimmumfang einer Stimme. Er kann auch die Töne bedeuten, die
+ein Musikinstrument zu spielen in der Lage ist. Ambitus werden
+in Chorpartituren gesetzt, damit die Sänger schnell wissen, ob
+sie die Stimme meistern können.
+
+Ambitus werden zu Beginn des Stückes nahe des ersten Schlüssels
+notiert. Der Stimmumfang wird durch zwei Notenköpfe dargestellt,
+die die tiefste und höchste Note der Stimme repräsentieren.
+Versetzungszeichen werden nur gesetzt, wenn sie nicht durch die
+Tonart definiert werden.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
+\layout {
+ \context {
+ \Voice
+ \consists "Ambitus_engraver"
+ }
+}
+
+\relative c'' {
+ aes c e2
+ cis,1
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+
+@snippets
+
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,texidoc,doctitle]
+{adding-ambitus-per-voice.ly}
+
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,texidoc,doctitle]
+{ambitus-with-multiple-voices.ly}
+
+
+@seealso
+
+Musikglossar:
+@rglos{ambitus}.
+
+Schnipsel:
+@rlsr{Pitches}.
+
+Referenz der Interna:
+@rinternals{Ambitus_engraver},
+@rinternals{Voice},
+@rinternals{Staff},
+@rinternals{Ambitus},
+@rinternals{AmbitusAccidental},
+@rinternals{AmbitusLine},
+@rinternals{AmbitusNoteHead},
+@rinternals{ambitus-interface}.
+
+
+@knownissues
+
+Es gibt keine Kollisionskontrolle bei mehreren Ambitus in einem System.
@node Note heads
@subsection Note heads
-@untranslated
+Dieser Abschnitt zeigt, wie man Notenköpfe ändern kann.
@menu
-* Special note heads::
-* Easy notation note heads::
-* Shape note heads::
-* Improvisation::
+* Special note heads::
+* Easy notation note heads::
+* Shape note heads::
+* Improvisation::
@end menu
@node Special note heads
@unnumberedsubsubsec Special note heads
-@untranslated
+@cindex Notenköpfe, besondere
+@cindex besondere Notenköpfe
+@cindex Notenköpfe, Kreuz
+@cindex Notenköpfe, Raute
+@cindex Noten, parlato
+@cindex Notenköpfe, Flageolett
+@cindex Notenköpfe, Gitarre
+@cindex Kreuznotenköpfe
+@cindex Rautennotenköpfe
+@cindex Parlato-Notenköpfe
+@cindex Gitarrennotenköpfe
+@cindex Flageolett-Notenköpfe
+@cindex Stile, Notenköpfe
+@funindex cross
+
+Notenköpfe können verändert werden:
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
+c4 b a b
+\override NoteHead #'style = #'cross
+c4 b a b
+\revert NoteHead #'style
+c4 d e f
+@end lilypond
+
+Es gibt einen definierten Befehl für die Raute, der nur innerhalb
+von Akkorden benutzt werden kann:
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
+<c f\harmonic>2 <d a'\harmonic>4 <c g'\harmonic>
+@end lilypond
+
+@noindent
+Alle möglichen Notenkopf-Stile finden sich in
+@ref{Note head styles}.
+
+@seealso
+
+Schnipsel:
+@rlsr{Pitches}.
+
+Notationsreferenz:
+@ref{Note head styles},
+@ref{Chorded notes}.
+
+Referenz der Interna:
+@rinternals{note-event},
+@rinternals{Note_heads_engraver},
+@rinternals{Ledger_line_engraver},
+@rinternals{NoteHead},
+@rinternals{LedgerLineSpanner},
+@rinternals{note-head-interface},
+@rinternals{ledger-line-spanner-interface}.
+
@node Easy notation note heads
@unnumberedsubsubsec Easy notation note heads
-@untranslated
+@cindex Notenköpfe, Übung
+@cindex Notenköpfe zum Lernen
+@cindex Übungszwecke, Notenköpfe
+@cindex Noteknöpfe, einfache Notation
+@cindex pädagogische Notenköpfe
+@cindex Hal Leonard
+@cindex Anfänger, Notenlernen
+@cindex Notenköpfe für Anfänger
+
+Die @qq{einfachen Notenköpfe} haben die Bezeichnung der Note
+im Kopf gedruckt. Das wird eingesetzt, um die Notation beizubringen.
+Damit die Buchstaben noch lesbar sind, müssen sie sehr groß
+gesetzt werden. Wie man eine größere Schriftart einstellt, findet
+sich in @ref{Setting the staff size}.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
+#(set-global-staff-size 26)
+\relative c' {
+ \easyHeadsOn
+ c2 e4 f
+ g1
+ \easyHeadsOff
+ c,1
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+@predefined
+
+@funindex \easyHeadsOn
+@funindex \easyHeadsOff
+@code{\easyHeadsOn}, @code{\easyHeadsOff}
+
+@seealso
+
+Notationsreferenz:
+@ref{Setting the staff size}.
+
+Schnipsel:
+@rlsr{Pitches}.
+
+Referenz der Interna:
+@rinternals{note-event},
+@rinternals{Note_heads_engraver},
+@rinternals{NoteHead},
+@rinternals{note-head-interface}.
+
@node Shape note heads
@unnumberedsubsubsec Shape note heads
-@untranslated
+@cindex Notenköpfe, Formen
+@cindex Notation, Aiken
+@cindex Notenköpfe, sacred harp
+@cindex Form-Notenköpfe
+@cindex Aiken-Notenköpfe
+@cindex sacred harp-Notenköpfe
+@funindex \key
+@funindex \aikenHeads
+@funindex \sacredHarpHeads
+
+In dieser Notation haben die Notenköpfe eine Form, die ihrer
+harmonischen Funktion innherhalb der Tonleiter entspricht. Die
+Notation war sehr beliebt in amerikanischen Liederbüchern des
+19. Jahrhunderts. Auf diese Weise können die Formen benutzt
+werden:
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
+\aikenHeads
+c, d e f g a b c
+\sacredHarpHeads
+c, d e f g a b c
+@end lilypond
+
+Die unterschiedlichen Formen richten sich nach der Stufe in der
+Skala, wobei der Grundton der Skala aus dem @code{\key}-Befehl
+entnommen wird.
+
+@predefined
+
+@funindex \aikenHeads
+@funindex \sacredHarpHeads
+@code{\aikenHeads}, @code{\sacredHarpHeads}
+
+@snippets
+
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,texidoc,doctitle]
+{applying-note-head-styles-depending-on-the-step-of-the-scale.ly}
+
+@noindent
+Alle Notenkopfstile finden sich in @ref{Note head styles}.
+
+@seealso
+
+Schnipsel:
+@rlsr{Pitches}.
+
+Notationsreferenz:
+@ref{Note head styles}.
+
+Referenz der Interna:
+@rinternals{note-event},
+@rinternals{Note_heads_engraver},
+@rinternals{NoteHead},
+@rinternals{note-head-interface}.
+
@node Improvisation
@unnumberedsubsubsec Improvisation
-@untranslated
+@cindex Improvisation
+@cindex schräge Notenköpfe
+@cindex Notenköpfe, Improvisation
+@cindex Strichnotenköpfe
+@cindex Striche: Notenköpfe
+
+Improvisation wird manchmal angezeigt, indem schräge Notenköpfe
+gesetzt werden, wenn der Spieler eine beliebige Tonhöhe wählen kann
+aber den vorgegebenen Rhythmus spielen soll. Sie können wie folgt
+benutzt werden:
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
+\new Voice \with {
+ \consists "Pitch_squash_engraver"
+} {
+ e8 e g a a16( bes) a8 g
+ \improvisationOn
+ e8 ~
+ e2 ~ e8 f4 f8 ~
+ f2
+ \improvisationOff
+ a16( bes) a8 g e
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+
+@predefined
+
+@funindex \improvisationOn
+@funindex \improvisationOff
+
+@code{\improvisationOn}, @code{\improvisationOff}
+
+@seealso
+
+Schnipsel:
+@rlsr{Pitches}.
+
+Referenz der Interna:
+@rinternals{Pitch_squash_engraver},
+@rinternals{Voice},
+@rinternals{RhythmicStaff}.
+
+
@c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; -*-
@ignore
- Translation of GIT committish: d0614c27e88dc7bd3993f3744a388749ba93b267
+ Translation of GIT committish: 5d5dd3611abe9f0599080f6235c436f48c2ba31b
When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
Wiederholung ist ein zentrales Konzept in der Musik, und es gibt eine
ganze Vielzahl von Notationsmöglichkeiten für Wiederholungen.
-
-@menu
-* Writing long repeats::
-* Short repeats::
-@end menu
-
-@node Writing long repeats
-@subsection Writing long repeats
-
-@menu
-* Repeat types::
-* Repeat syntax::
-* Manual repeat commands::
-@end menu
-
-@node Repeat types
-@unnumberedsubsubsec Repeat types
-
-@cindex Wiederholungen
-
-Die folgenden Wiederholungsarten sind unterstützt:
+LilyPond unterstützt folgende Arten von Wiederholungen:
@table @code
-@item unfold
-Die wiederholte Musik wird vollständig ausgeschrieben (bzw. gespielt).
-Hiermit können sehr einfach sich wiederholende Stellen notiert werden.
-Es ist auch der einzige Wiederholungstyp, der in der MIDI-Ausgabe
-berücksichtigt wird.
+@item volta (Wiederholungsklammer)
+Die wiederholte Musik wird nicht geschreiben, sondern zwischen
+zwei Wiederholungstaktlinien eingeschlossen. Wenn die Wiederholung
+am Anfang eines Stückes beginnt, wird nur am Ende der Wiederholung
+eine Wiederholungstaktlinie gesetzt. Alternative Schlüsse (Volta)
+werden von links nach rechts mit Klammern gesetzt. Das ist die
+Standardnotationspraxis für Wiederholungen mit alternativen Schlüssen.
+
+@item unfold (aufklappen)
+Die wiederholte Musik wird ausgeschrieben, so oft, wie es durch
+@var{Wiederholungszähler} definiert wird. Das erspart Arbeit,
+wenn repititive Musik notiert wird.
+
+@item percent (Prozent-Wiederholung)
+Das sind Noten- oder Taktwiederholungen, sie sehen aus wie ein
+Schrägstrich bzw. wie ein Prozentzeichen.
-@item volta
-Wiederholungen werden nicht ausgeschrieben, aber alternative Endungen
-(Volta-Klammern) können bei Bedarf notiert werden. Das ist die übliche
-Wiederholung für Wiederholungen mit unterschiedlichen Enden. Die
-Wiederholung wird in der MIDI-Datei nicht berücksichtigt.
+@item tremolo
+Das wird benutzt, um Tremolo-Wiederholungen am Notenhals zu notieren.
+@end table
-@item tremolo
-Hiermit können Tremolo-Balken erstellt werden. Sie werden nicht in die
-MIDI-Datei aufgenommen.
-@item percent
-Hiermit können noten- oder taktweise Wiederholungszeichen notiert werden.
-Sie erinnern and das Prozentzeichen. Auch sie werden nicht in der MIDI-Datei
-berücksichtigt. Diese Wiederholungen müssen innerhalb eines Stimmen
-(@code{Voice})-Kontextes erstellt werden.
+@menu
+* Long repeats::
+* Short repeats::
+@end menu
-@end table
+@node Long repeats
+@subsection Long repeats
+@menu
+* Normal repeats::
+* Manual repeat marks::
+* Written-out repeats::
+@end menu
-@node Repeat syntax
-@unnumberedsubsubsec Repeat syntax
-@cindex Klammer, Wiederholung
+@cindex Wiederholungen
@cindex Volta
@cindex Prima volta
@cindex Seconda volta
-@cindex Zweite Klammer
+@cindex normale Wiederholung
+@cindex Wiederholung mit alternativem Schluss
+@cindex alternativer Schluss
+@cindex Schluss, alternativer in Wiederholung
+@cindex Klammer, erste (Wiederholung)
+@cindex erste Klammer
+@cindex zweite Klammer
@funindex \repeat
+@funindex \alternative
+@funindex \partial
-LilyPond besitzt eine einzige Syntax für alle unterschiedlichen
-Wiederholungstypen. Sie lautet:
+@node Normal repeats
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Normal repeats
-@example
-\repeat @var{Typ} @var{Wiederholungszähler} @var{Wiederholungsnoten}
-@end example
+Die Syntax für normale Wiederholungen ist
-Wenn Sie unterschiedliche Endungen haben, können Sie diese mit dem
-Befehl
-@funindex \alternative notieren, etwa
@example
-\alternative @{
- @var{Klammer1}
- @var{Klammer2}
- @var{Klammer3}
- @dots{}
-@}
+\repeat @var{Typ} @var{Wiederholungszähler} @var{musikAusdr}
@end example
-@noindent
-wobei jede Klammer ein musikalischer Ausdruck ist. Wenn Sie nicht genug
-unterschiedliche Alternativen für alle Wiederholungen angeben, wird
-angenommen, dass die erste Alternative mehr als einmal verwendet wird.
+wobei @var{musikAusdr} ein musikalischer Ausdruck ist. Alternative
+Schlüsse können mit @code{\alternative} gesetzt werden. Damit die
+alternativen Schlüsse von den wiederholten Noten abgegrenzt werden,
+müssen sie in geschweiften Klammern zusammengefasst werden. Wenn
+es mehr Wiederholungen gibt, als Alternativen angegeben sind, erhalten
+die ersten Wiederholungen den ersten Schluss.
-Eine typische Wiederholung kann so aussehen:
+Normale Wiederholungen ohne alternative Schlüsse:
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim,relative=2]
-c1
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
\repeat volta 2 { c4 d e f }
-\repeat volta 2 { f e d c }
+c2 d
+\repeat volta 2 { d4 e f g }
@end lilypond
-Und mit unterschiedlichen Klammern:
+Normale Wiederholungen mit alternativen Schlüssen:
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim,relative=2]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
+\repeat volta 4 { c4 d e f }
+\alternative {
+ { d2 e }
+ { f2 g }
+}
c1
-\repeat volta 2 {c4 d e f}
-\alternative { {d2 d} {f f,} }
@end lilypond
-Wiederholungen können mit Auftakten kombiniert werden.
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim,relative=2]
-\new Staff {
- \partial 4 e |
- \repeat volta 4 { c2 d2 | e2 f2 | }
- \alternative { { g4 g g e } { a a a a | b2. } }
+@cindex Wiederholung mit Auftakt
+@cindex Auftakt in Wiederholung
+@funindex \partial
+
+Normale Wiederholungen mit Auftakt können auf zwei Arten notiert werden:
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
+\partial 4
+e |
+\repeat volta 4 { c2 d | e2 f | }
+\alternative {
+ { g4 g g e }
+ { a4 a a a | b2. }
}
@end lilypond
@noindent
-or
-
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim,relative=2]
-\new Staff {
- \partial 4
- \repeat volta 4 { e | c2 d2 | e2 f2 | }
- \alternative { { \partial 4*3 g4 g g } { a a a a | b2. } }
+oder
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
+\partial 4
+\repeat volta 4 { e4 | c2 d | e2 f | }
+\alternative {
+ { \partial 4*3 g4 g g }
+ { a4 a a a | b2. }
}
@end lilypond
-
+@cindex Wiederholungen mit Überbindung
+@cindex Alternative Schlüsse mit Bindebogen
+@cindex Überbindung in Wiederholung
+@cindex Bindebogen in Wiederholung
+@cindex Bindebogen in alternativem Schluss
@funindex \repeatTie
-Bindebögen können auch an eine zweite Klammer angefügt werden.
+Bindebögen können auch an eine zweite Klammer angefügt werden:
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim,relative=2]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
c1
-\repeat volta 2 {c4 d e f ~ }
-\alternative { {f2 d} {f\repeatTie f,} }
-@end lilypond
-
-Es ist auch möglich, die Klammern zu verkürzen, indem ihnen ein
-Wert in der Eigenschaft @code{voltaSpannerDuration} zugewiesen
-wird. Im nächsten Beispiel ist die Klammer beispielsweise nur
-einen 3/4-Takt lang.
-
-@lilypond[verbatim,ragged-right,quote]
-\relative c''{
- \time 3/4
- c c c
- \set Score.voltaSpannerDuration = #(ly:make-moment 3 4)
- \repeat volta 5 { d d d }
- \alternative { { e e e f f f }
- { g g g } }
+\repeat volta 2 { c4 d e f ~ }
+\alternative {
+ { f2 d }
+ { f2\repeatTie f, }
}
@end lilypond
-Wenn eine Wiederholung am Anfang einer neuen Zeile beginnen soll
-und eine Doppellinie am Ende der vorhergehenden Zeile stehen soll,
-muss
-@example
-@dots{} \bar "||:" \break
-\repeat volta 2 @{ @dots{}
-@end example
+@snippets
-@noindent benutzt werden. Siehe
- @ref{Bar lines} for more information.
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,texidoc,doctitle]
+{shortening-volta-brackets.ly}
-@seealso
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,texidoc,doctitle]
+{adding-volta-brackets-to-additional-staves.ly}
-Programmreferenz: @rinternals{VoltaBracket},
-@rinternals{RepeatedMusic},
-@rinternals{VoltaRepeatedMusic} und
-@rinternals{UnfoldedRepeatedMusic}.
+@seealso
+
+Musikglossar: @rglos{repeat}, @rglos{volta}.
-Beispiele:
+Notationsreferenz: @ref{Bar lines}, @ref{Modifying context plug-ins}.
-Klammern für die Wiederholung werden normalerweise nur über dem obersten
-System ausgegeben. Das kann verändert werden, indem
- @code{Volta_engraver} in den @code{Staff}-Kontext gesetzt wird,
-über dem diese Klammern erscheinen sollen. Vgl.
-@ref{Modifying context plug-ins} und @rlsr{Repeats}.
+Schnipsel: @rlsr{Repeats}.
+Referenz der Interna: @rinternals{VoltaBracket},
+@rinternals{RepeatedMusic}, @rinternals{VoltaRepeatedMusic},
+@rinternals{UnfoldedRepeatedMusic}.
@knownissues
+@cindex verschachtelte Wiederholung
+@cindex Wiederholung, verschachtelt
+@cindex Wiederholung und Zählzeit
+@cindex Zählzeit und Wiederholung
+@cindex Taktposition und Wiederholung
+@cindex Wiederholung und Bindebogen
+@cindex Bindebogen und Wiederholung
@cindex Wiederholung, mehrdeutig
Eine ineinandergeschachtelte Wiederholung wie
@noindent
ist mehrdeutig, weil nicht klar ist, zu welchem @code{\repeat}-Abschnitt
-die @code{\alternative}-Endung gehört. Diese Mehrdeutigkeit wird von
+die @code{\alternative}-Endung gehört. Diese Mehrdeutigkeit wird von
LilyPond aufgelöst, indem die alternative Endung immer zu der innersten
-Wiederholung gehört. Um Klarheit zu schaffen, bietet es sich an, in solchen
+Wiederholung gehört. Um Klarheit zu schaffen, bietet es sich an, in solchen
Situationen Klammern zu benutzen.
Die Taktposition wird bei einer alternativen Endung nicht mitgeteilt, so
dass nach einer Wiederholung diese Information manuell angegeben werden
muss,
entweder durch setzen von @code{Score.measurePosition} oder indem der
-Befehl @code{\partial} benutzt wird. Gleichermaßen werden auch Legato- oder
+Befehl @code{\partial} benutzt wird. Gleichermaßen werden auch
Bindebögen nicht wiederholt.
-@node Manual repeat commands
-@unnumberedsubsubsec Manual repeat commands
-
+@node Manual repeat marks
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Manual repeat marks
+
+@cindex manuelle Wiederholungszeichen
+@cindex Wiederholung, manuell
+@cindex Beginn von Wiederholung
+@cindex Wiederholung, Beginn
+@cindex Wiederholung, Ende
+@cindex Ende von Wiederholung
+@cindex Anzahl der Wiederholung, ändern
+@cindex Wiederholungstaktlinie
+@cindex Taktlinie, Wiederholung
+@cindex Voltaklammer, ändern
+@cindex Wiederholung, Voltaklammer
+@cindex Wiederholung, alternative Schlüsse
+@cindex Klammer, Wiederholung
@funindex repeatCommands
+@funindex start-repeat
+
+@warning{Diese Methoden werden nur verwendet, um ungewöhnliche
+Wiederholungskonstruktionen darzustellen und können sich unerwünscht
+verhalten. In den meisten Fällen sollten Wiederholungen mit dem
+Befehl @code{\\repeat} erstellt werden oder indem die entsprechenden
+Taktlinien eingegeben werden. Mehr Information in @ref{Bar lines}.}
Die Eigenschaft @code{repeatCommands} kann verwendet werden, um das
Aussehen der Wiederholungen zu beeinflussen. Ihr Argument ist eine
Scheme-Liste an Wiederholungsbefehlen.
-@table @asis
-@item @code{start-repeat}
+@table @code
+@item start-repeat
Setzt eine @code{|:} Taktlinie.
-@item @code{end-repeat}
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
+c1
+\set Score.repeatCommands = #'(start-repeat)
+d4 e f g
+c1
+@end lilypond
+
+Der Notensatzpraxis folgend werden Wiederholungstaktlinien nicht zu
+Beginn eines Stückes gesetzt.
+
+@item end-repeat
Setzt eine @code{:|} Taktlinie.
-@item @code{(volta @var{text})}
-Setzt eine Volta-Klammer mit der Beschriftung @var{text}: Der Text
-kann definiert werden als Textstring oder formatierter Text, siehe
-Abschnitt @ref{Formatting text}. Es darf nicht vergessen werden, die
-Schriftart zu verändern, weil die Standardschriftart für die Nummern
-keine Buchstaben enthält.
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
+c1
+d4 e f g
+\set Score.repeatCommands = #'(end-repeat)
+c1
+@end lilypond
+
+@item (volta @var{Zahl}) ... (volta #f)
+Setzt eine Volta-Klammer mit der Beschriftung @var{Nummer}. Die
+Volta-Klammer muss explizit beendet werden, sonst wird sie nicht
+ausgegeben.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
+f4 g a b
+\set Score.repeatCommands = #'((volta "2"))
+g4 a g a
+\set Score.repeatCommands = #'((volta #f))
+c1
+@end lilypond
-@item @code{(volta #f)}
-Beendet eine aktive Klammer.
@end table
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim,fragment,relative=2]
-c4
- \set Score.repeatCommands = #'((volta "93") end-repeat)
-c4 c4
+Mehrfache Wiederholungszeichen können an der selben Stelle vorkommen:
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
+f4 g a b
+\set Score.repeatCommands = #'((volta "2, 5") end-repeat)
+g4 a g a
+c1
+\set Score.repeatCommands = #'((volta #f) (volta "95") end-repeat)
+b1
+@end lilypond
+
+@cindex Volta-Klammer mit Text
+@cindex Text in Voltaklammer
+@cindex Wiederholungsklammer mit Text
+@cindex Klammer, Wiederholung mit Text
+
+Text kann auch in der Volta-Klammer gesetzt werden. Der Text kann
+aus Zahlen oder einer Zahl oder einer Textbeschriftung bestehen,
+siehe @ref{Formatting text}. Die einfachste Art Text zu benutzen
+ist, die Beschriftung zuerst zu definieren und dann die Beschriftung
+in einer Scheme-Liste einzufügen.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
+voltaAdLib = \markup { 1. 2. 3... \text \italic { ad lib. } }
+\relative c'' {
+ c1
+ \set Score.repeatCommands = #(list(list 'volta voltaAdLib) 'start-repeat)
+ c4 b d e
+ \set Score.repeatCommands = #'((volta #f) (volta "4.") end-repeat)
+ f1
\set Score.repeatCommands = #'((volta #f))
-c4 c4
+}
@end lilypond
+@snippets
+
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,texidoc,doctitle]
+{printing-a-repeat-sign-at-the-beginning-of-a-piece.ly}
+
+
@seealso
-Programmreferenz: @rinternals{VoltaBracket},
+Notationsreferenz:
+@ref{Bar lines},
+@ref{Formatting text}.
+
+Schnipsel:
+@rlsr{Repeats}.
+
+Referenz der Interna:
+@rinternals{VoltaBracket},
+@rinternals{RepeatedMusic},
+@rinternals{VoltaRepeatedMusic}.
+
+
+@node Written-out repeats
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Written-out repeats
+
+@cindex ausgeschriebene Wiederholungen
+@cindex wiederholte Musik
+@cindex Wiederholungen, ausgeschrieben
+@cindex repitetive Musik
+@cindex Wiederholung, aufklappen
+@cindex Noten wiederholt schreiben
+@cindex Aufklappen von wiederholten Noten
+@cindex alternative Schlüsse in ausgeschriebenen Wiederholungen
+@funindex unfold
+
+Mit dem @code{unfold}-Befehl können Wiederholungen eingesetzt werden,
+um repitetive Musik zu notieren. Die Syntax ist
+
+@example
+\repeat unfold @var{Wiederholgunszähler} @var{musikAusdr}
+@end example
+
+wobei @var{musikAusdr} ein musikalischer Ausdruck ist und
+@var{Wiederholungszähler} die Anzahl bezeichnet, mit der
+@var{musikAusdr} wiederholt wird.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
+c1
+\repeat unfold 2 { c4 d e f }
+c1
+@end lilypond
+
+Ausgeschriebene Wiederholungen können auch alternative Schlüsse
+haben. Wenn mehr Wiederholungen als alternative Schlüsse
+notiert werden, wird der erste Schluss für die ersten
+Wiederholungen benutzt.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
+c1
+\repeat unfold 2 { g4 f e d }
+ \alternative {
+ { cis2 g' }
+ { cis,2 b }
+ }
+c1
+@end lilypond
+
+@seealso
+
+Schnipsel:
+@rlsr{Repeats}.
+
+Referenz der Interna:
@rinternals{RepeatedMusic},
-@rinternals{VoltaRepeatedMusic} und
@rinternals{UnfoldedRepeatedMusic}.
+
@node Short repeats
@subsection Short repeats
+Dieser Abschnitt zeigt, wie man kurze Wiederholungen notiert.
+Kurze Wiederholungen haben zwei grundlegende Formen: Wiederholungen
+von einer Note bis zu zwei Takten, die mit Schrägstrichen oder
+Prozentzeichen dargestellt werden, und Tremolos.
+
@menu
* Percent repeats::
-* Tremolo repeats::
-* Tremolo subdivisions::
+* Tremolo repeats::
@end menu
@node Percent repeats
@cindex Prozent-Wiederholungen
@cindex Taktweise Wiederholungen
+@cindex Wiederholung, kurz
+@cindex Wiederholung, taktweise
+@cindex Wiederholung, Prozent
+@funindex \repeat percent
+@funindex percent
+
+Kurze wiederholte Musikphrasen werden unterstützt. Dabei werden
+die Noten einmal gedruckt und dann durch
+ein spezielles Zeichen ersetzt. Phrasen,
+die kürzer als ein Takt sind, durch einen Schrägstrich dargestellt,
+Phrasen von ein oder zwei Takten Dauer
+werden durch ein dem Prozentzeichen ähnlichen Zeichen markiert.
+Die Syntax lautet
-Wenn der Prozent (@code{percent})-Wiederholungsstil gesetzt ist, wird
-eine Notenphrase wiederholt. Sie wird einmal gedruckt und dann durch
-ein spezielles Zeichen ersetzt. Phrasen von ein oder zwei Takten Dauer
-werden durch ein dem Prozentzeichen ähnlichen Zeichen markiert, Phrasen,
-die kürzer als ein Takt sind, durch einen Schrägstrich dargestellt.
-Dieser Wiederholungstyp muss innerhalb eines Stimmen
-(@code{Voice})-Kontextes notiert werden.
-
-@lilypond[quote,verbatim,ragged-right]
-\new Voice \relative c' {
- \repeat percent 4 { c4 }
- \repeat percent 2 { c2 es2 f4 fis4 g4 c4 }
-}
-@end lilypond
+@example
+@code{\repeat percent @var{Wiederholungszahl} @var{musikAusdr}}
+@end example
-Wiederholungen, die länger als einen Takt dauern, können gezählt werden,
-wenn die @code{countPercentRepeats}-Eigenschaft eingeschaltet wird.
+wobei @var{musikAusdr} ein musikalischer Ausdruck ist.
-@lilypond[relative=2,fragment,quote,verbatim,ragged-right]
-\new Voice {
-\set countPercentRepeats = ##t
- \repeat "percent" 4 { c1 }
-}
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
+\repeat percent 4 { c4 }
+\repeat percent 2 { b4 a g f }
+\repeat percent 2 { c2 es | f4 fis g c | }
@end lilypond
-Isolierte Prozentzeichen können auch gedruckt werden. Das geschieht, indem
-einer Ganztaktpause (@code{R}) eine andere Funktion zugewiesen wird.
+@snippets
-@lilypond[fragment,verbatim,quote]
-\override MultiMeasureRest #'stencil
- = #ly:multi-measure-rest::percent
-R1
-@end lilypond
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,texidoc,doctitle]
+{percent-repeat-counter.ly}
+
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,texidoc,doctitle]
+{isolated-percent-repeats.ly}
@seealso
-Programmreferenz: @rinternals{RepeatSlash},
+Musikglossar: @rglos{percent repeat}, @rglos{simile}.
+
+Schnipsel: @rlsr{Repeats}.
+
+Referenz der Interna: @rinternals{RepeatSlash},
@rinternals{PercentRepeat}, @rinternals{DoublePercentRepeat},
@rinternals{DoublePercentRepeatCounter},
-@rinternals{PercentRepeatCounter},
-@rinternals{PercentRepeatedMusic}.
+@rinternals{PercentRepeatCounter}, @rinternals{PercentRepeatedMusic}.
+
+@knownissues
+
+Nur drei Arten von Prozent-Wiederholungen sind unterstützt: ein
+einfacher Schrägstrich, der einen Taktschlag darstellt (unabhängig
+von der wirklichen Dauer der wiederholten Noten), ein einfacher
+Schrägstrich mit Punkten, der einen ganzen wiederholten Takt
+darstellt und zwei Schrägstriche mit Punkten über eine Taktlinie
+gedruckt, der zwei ganze Takte darstellt. Weder können mehrere
+Schrägstriche für Taktwiederholungen von Sechzehntelnoten dargestellt
+werden, noch zwei Striche mit Punkten für nur einen Takt, der aus
+unterschiedlichen Notenwerten besteht.
@unnumberedsubsubsec Tremolo repeats
@cindex Tremolobalken
+@cindex Tremolo
+@cindex Wiederholung, Tremolo
+@funindex \repeat tremolo
+@funindex tremolo
+
+Tremolos können in zwei Arten notiert werden: als Wechsel zwischen
+zwei Noten oder Akkorden oder als schnelle Wiederholung einer einzigen
+Note. Tremolos, die als Wechsel realisiert werden, werden dargestellt,
+indem Balken zwischen die Noten gesetzt werden, Tremolos, die
+eine schnelle Wiederholung darstellen, haben Balken oder Schrägstriche
+am Hals einer einzigen Note.
+
+Um Tremolobalken zwischen Noten zu setzen, kann der @code{\repeat}-Befehl
+mit dem Tremolo-Stil benutzt werden:
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
+\repeat tremolo 8 { c16 d }
+\repeat tremolo 6 { c16 d }
+\repeat tremolo 2 { c16 d }
+@end lilypond
-Um Tremolozeichen zwischen den Noten zu setzen, kann der
-Wiederholungstyp @code{tremolo} benutzt werden.
+Die @code{\repeat tremolo}-Syntax braucht genau zwei Noten innerhalb
+der geschweiften Klammern, und die Anzahl der Wiederholungen muss
+einem Wert entsprechen, der mit einfachen oder punktierten Noten
+ausgedrückt werden kann. @code{\repeat tremolo 7} funktioniert und
+setzt Tremolo für die Dauer einer Doppeltpunktierten, aber
+@code{\repeat tremolo 9} funktioniert nicht.
-@lilypond[quote,verbatim,ragged-right]
-\new Voice \relative c' {
- \repeat tremolo 8 { c16 d16 }
- \repeat tremolo 4 { c16 d16 }
- \repeat tremolo 2 { c16 d16 }
-}
-@end lilypond
+Die Dauer des Tremolos entspricht der Dauer der Wertes in Klammern,
+multipliziert mit der Zahl der Wiederholungen: @code{\repeat tremolo
+8 @{ c16 d16 @}} ergibt ein Tremolo für eine Ganze, notiert als zwei
+Ganze, die zwei Tremolobalken zwischen sich haben.
-Tremolozeichen können auch einer einzelnen Noten hinzugefügt werden. In
-diesem Fall darf die Note nicht von Klammern eingefasst sein.
+Es gibt zwei Möglichkeiten, ein Tremolozeichen zu einer einzelnen
+Noten hinzuzufügen. Die @code{\repeat tremolo}-Syntax kann hier auch
+benutzt werden; in diesem Fall wird die Note allerdings nicht
+eingeklammert:
@lilypond[quote,verbatim,ragged-right]
\repeat tremolo 4 c'16
@end lilypond
-Ähnliche Darstellung wird erreicht durch eine innere Tremolounterteilung,
-die im Abschnitt @ref{Tremolo subdivisions} beschrieben wird.
-
-
-@seealso
-
-Im Handbuch: @ref{Tremolo subdivisions}, @ref{Repeats}.
-
-Programmreferenz: @rinternals{Beam}, @rinternals{StemTremolo}.
-
-
-@node Tremolo subdivisions
-@unnumberedsubsubsec Tremolo subdivisions
-
@cindex Tremolozeichen
@funindex tremoloFlags
-
-Tremolozeichen können einer einzelnen Noten hinzugefügt werden, indem
-an sie die Zeichen @code{:}[@var{Anzahl}] angefügt werden. Die Anzahl
-bezeichnet die Dauer der einzelnen Noten, und ihr Mindestwert ist 8.
-Mit der Zahl 8 erhält man eine Linie durch den Notenhals. Wenn die
-Anzahl ausgelassen wird, wird der letzte benutzte Wert (in der
-Funktion @code{tremoloFlags} gespeichert) eingesetzt.
-
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim,fragment]
-c'2:8 c':32 | c': c': |
+@funindex :
+
+Die gleiche Darstellung wird erreicht, indem nach der Note
+@qq{@code{:}[@var{Zahl}]} geschrieben wird. Die Zahl zeigt
+die Dauer der Unterteilung an, und sie muss mindestens den
+Wert 8 haben. Ein Wert von 8 ergibt einen Balken durch den
+Notenhals. Wenn die Zahl ausgelassen wird, wird der letzte
+benutzte Wert eingesetzt (gespeichert in @code{tremoloFlags}):
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
+c2:8 c:32
+c: c:
@end lilypond
-
-@knownissues
-
-Tremolos, die auf diese Weise notiert werden, werden nicht in die
-MIDI-Datei aufgenommen.
-
-
@seealso
-Im Handbuch: @ref{Tremolo repeats}.
+Schnipsel: @rlsr{Repeats}.
+
+@cindex Tremolo über Systeme
+@cindex Systeme, Tremolo zwischen
+@cindex Zwischensystem-Tremolo
-Programmreferenz: @rinternals{StemTremolo}.
+@knownissues
+Tremolo über Notensysteme hinweg funktioniert nicht gut.
* The Internals Reference manual::
* Appearance of objects::
* Placement of objects::
-* Collisions of objects::
-* Common tweaks::
+* Collisions of objects::
* Further tweaking::
@end menu
@untranslated
@menu
-* Common notation for unfretted strings::
-* Bowed instruments::
-* Plucked instruments::
+* Common notation for unfretted strings::
@end menu
@node Common notation for unfretted strings
@untranslated
@menu
-* References for unfretted strings::
+* References for unfretted strings::
+* Bowing indications::
+* Harmonics::
+* Snap (Bartók) pizzicato::
@end menu
@node References for unfretted strings
@untranslated
-@node Bowed instruments
-@subsection Bowed instruments
+@node Bowing indications
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Bowing indications
@untranslated
-@menu
-* References for bowed strings::
-@end menu
+@node Harmonics
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Harmonics
-@node References for bowed strings
-@unnumberedsubsubsec References for bowed strings
@cindex Flageolett
Sie werden eingegeben, indem die Flageolettnote mit dem
Befehl @code{\harmonic} markiert wird.
-@lilypond[ragged-right,verbatim,quote,fragment,relative=1]
-<c g'\harmonic>4
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=1]
+<e a\harmonic>2 <c g'\harmonic>
@end lilypond
-@node Plucked instruments
-@subsection Plucked instruments
+@node Snap (Bartók) pizzicato
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Snap (Bartók) pizzicato
@untranslated
-
-@menu
-* Harp::
-@end menu
-
-@node Harp
-@unnumberedsubsubsec Harp
-
-@untranslated
-
- <p><i>Actualizado en Mon Oct 6 20:03:36 UTC 2008
+ <p><i>Actualizado en Thu Oct 16 21:38:37 UTC 2008
</i></p>
<html>
<!-- This page is automatically generated by translation-status.py from
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>1.2 Duraciones<br>(6714)</td>
+ <td>1.2 Duraciones<br>(6312)</td>
<td>Francisco Vila</td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">sí</span></td>
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>1.3 Expresiones<br>(1097)</td>
+ <td>1.3 Expresiones<br>(1110)</td>
<td>Francisco Vila</td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">sí</span></td>
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>1.5 Notas simultáneas<br>(1281)</td>
+ <td>1.5 Notas simultáneas<br>(1452)</td>
<td>Francisco Vila</td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">sí</span></td>
<td>post-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>1.6 Notación de los pentagramas<br>(1767)</td>
+ <td>1.6 Notación de los pentagramas<br>(1690)</td>
<td>Francisco Vila</td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">sí</span></td>
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>1.8 Texto<br>(2412)</td>
+ <td>1.8 Texto<br>(2410)</td>
<td>Francisco Vila</td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">sí</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #4efe25">parcialmente</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">sí</span></td>
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>2.1 Música vocal<br>(2937)</td>
+ <td>2.1 Música vocal<br>(2679)</td>
<td>Francisco Vila</td>
<td></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">parcialmente (97 %)</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #b2fe32">parcialmente</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">parcialmente (56 %)</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #c7ff35">parcialmente</span></td>
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>2.3 Instrumentos de cuerda sin trastes<br>(463)</td>
+ <td>2.3 Instrumentos de cuerda sin trastes<br>(234)</td>
<td>Francisco Vila</td>
<td></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">parcialmente (22 %)</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #ff9150">parcialmente</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">sí</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">sí</span></td>
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>2.4 Instrumentos de cuerda con trastes<br>(1509)</td>
+ <td>2.4 Instrumentos de cuerda con trastes<br>(1748)</td>
<td>Francisco Vila</td>
<td></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">parcialmente (40 %)</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #ff8f50">parcialmente</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">sí</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">sí</span></td>
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>2.5 Percusión<br>(806)</td>
+ <td>2.5 Percusión<br>(810)</td>
<td>Francisco Vila</td>
<td></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">parcialmente (44 %)</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #ffd544">parcialmente</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">sí</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">sí</span></td>
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>2.8 Notación antigua<br>(4260)</td>
+ <td>2.8 Notación antigua<br>(4240)</td>
<td>Francisco Vila</td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">sí</span></td>
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>3 Entrada y salida generales<br>(5605)</td>
+ <td>3 Entrada y salida generales<br>(5661)</td>
<td>Francisco Vila</td>
<td></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">parcialmente (48 %)</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #ffd544">parcialmente</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">sí</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">sí</span></td>
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>4 Problemas de espaciado<br>(8303)</td>
+ <td>4 Problemas de espaciado<br>(8297)</td>
<td>Francisco Vila</td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">sí</span></td>
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>5 Cambiar los valores por omisión<br>(11025)</td>
+ <td>5 Cambiar los valores por omisión<br>(11197)</td>
<td>Francisco Vila</td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">parcialmente (66 %)</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #2cff20">parcialmente</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #33ff21">parcialmente</span></td>
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>6 Interfaces para programadores<br>(5203)</td>
- <td></td>
- <td></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #d0f0f8">no</span></td>
+ <td>6 Interfaces para programadores<br>(5202)</td>
+ <td>Francisco Vila</td>
<td></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">sí</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">sí</span></td>
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
Una ligadura es un símbolo gráfico que representa al menos dos notas
distintas. Las ligaduras aparecieron originalmente en los manuscritos
-de la notación del Canto Gregoriano para denotar secuencias de notas
+de la notación del canto gregoriano para denotar secuencias de notas
ascendentes o descendentes en la misma sílaba. Se usan también en
notación mensural.
Las custodias se utilizaron mucho en la notación musical hasta el
siglo XVII. En nuestros días, sobreviven sólo en algunas formas
particulares de notación musical como las ediciones contemporáneas de
-Canto Gregoriano como la @emph{Editio Vaticana}. Hay distintos glifos
+canto gregoriano como la @emph{Editio Vaticana}. Hay distintos glifos
para el custos que se utilizan en las diferentes variaciones de estilo
notacional.
No existe un estilo particular de corchete para la notación neo-mensural.
-No existen corchetes en la notación del Canto Gregoriano.
+No existen corchetes en la notación del canto gregoriano.
@seealso
Consulte @rlsr{Pitches,rests} para ver un cuadro de todos los
silencios.
-No hay silencios en la notación del Canto Gregoriano; en su lugar, se
+No hay silencios en la notación del canto gregoriano; en su lugar, se
utilizan @ref{Divisiones}.
@seealso
El contexto predefinido de voz @code{VaticanaVoiceContext} y el de
pauta @code{VaticanaStaffContext} se pueden utilizar para grabar una
-pieza de Canto Gregoriano en el estilo de la Editio Vaticana. Estos
+pieza de canto gregoriano en el estilo de la Editio Vaticana. Estos
contextos establecen a unos valores iniciales adecuados todas las
propiedades relevantes de los contextos y de los objetos gráficos, de
forma que pueda inmediatamente comenzar a escribir el canto en sí,
Una @emph{divisio} (en plural: @emph{divisiones}, que en latín
significa @q{división}) es un símbolo del contexto del pentagrama que
-se usa para estructurar la música Gregoriana en frases y secciones.
+se usa para estructurar la música gregoriana en frases y secciones.
El significado musical de @emph{divisio minima}, @emph{divisio maior}
y @emph{divisio maxima} se podrían caracterizar como una pausa corta,
media y larga (respectivamente), algo así como las marcas de
o @code{NoteHead}, y @var{propiedad} es una variable interna del
sistema de formateo (@q{propiedad del grob} o @q{propiedad de
disposición}). Este último es un símbolo, y por ello debe ir
-precedido de un apóstrofe. La subsección @ref{Modifying properties}
+precedido de un apóstrofo. La subsección @ref{Modifying properties}
explica cómo se deben cumplimentar los conceptos @var{nombre},
@var{propiedad} y @var{valor}. Aquí sólo nos ocuparemos de la
funcionalidad des esta instrucción.
@c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; -*-
@ignore
- Translation of GIT committish: 2b4361a39e7259c0987dd9e005744a7995bff789
+ Translation of GIT committish: 541aafa12474496930f99f617890a944c3db4989
When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@seealso
+Glosario musical:
+@rglos{caesura}.
+
Referencia de la notación:
@ref{Divisiones}.
@c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; documentlanguage: es -*-
@c This file is part of lilypond.tely
@ignore
- Translation of GIT committish: e976c5dcd45a9adddd8005ba099c9aad01004f62
+ Translation of GIT committish: 46e221e7e08ee0e17dd6977a46acec8dabf63944
When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@cindex tablatura
@cindex guitarra, tablatura de
+@cindex tablatura de banj
+@cindex banjo, tablatura de
@menu
* Common notation for fretted strings::
@unnumberedsubsubsec String number indications
@cindex cuerda, número de la
+@cindex números de cuerda frente a digitaciones
+@cindex digitación frente a números de cuerda
Se puede indicar la cuerda en que se debe tocar una nota añadiendo
@code{\}@tie{}@var{número} a una nota dentro de una construcción de
@cindex tablatura, principios básicos
@cindex tablatura predeterminada
+@funindex TabStaff
+@funindex TabVoice
+
La notación de tablatura se utiliza para la notación de música de
instrumentos de cuerda pulsada. Las alturas no se denotan mediante
cabezas de nota, sino mediante números que indican sobre qué cuerda y
@end lilypond
@funindex minimumFret
+
@cindex traste
Cuando no se especifica ninguna cuerda, se selecciona la primera
>>
@end lilypond
-As pueden añadir indicaciones de armónicos y @emph{slides} a la
+@cindex armónicos en tablatura
+@cindex tablatura y armónicos
+@cindex slides en notación de tablatura
+@cindex tablatura y slides
+
+Se pueden añadir indicaciones de armónicos y @emph{slides} a la
notación de tablatura.
@lilypond[fragment, verbatim, quote, relative=1]
@unnumberedsubsubsec Custom tablatures
@cindex tablaturas personalizadas
+@cindex tablatura de banjo
+@cindex tablatura de mandolina
+@cindex tablatura de bajo
+@cindex tablatura, afinaciones predefinidas de
+@cindex trastes, instrumentos con, afinaciones predefinidas
+@cindex predefinidas, afinaciones, para instrumentos de traste
+
+@funindex StringTunings
La tablatura en LilyPond calcula automáticamente el traste para cada
nota, basándose en la cuerda a que está asignada la nota. Para
@cindex trastes, diagramas de
@cindex acordes, diagramas de
+@cindex diagramas de trastes
+@cindex diagramas de acordes para instrumentos de trastes
+@cindex trastes, diagramas de, personalizados
+@cindex personalizados, diagramas de trastes
Se pueden añadir diagramas de trastes a la música como elementos de
marcado sobre la nota deseada. El marcado contiene información sobre
>>
@end lilypond
+@cindex cejilla, indicación de
+
Las indicaciones de cejilla se pueden añadir al diagrama a partir de
la cadena de marcado del diagrama de trastes.
>>
@end lilypond
+@cindex fret-diagram, marcado con
+
+@funindex fret-diagram
+@funindex \fret-diagram
+
El tamaño del diagrama de trastes y el número de trastes del diagrama,
se puede cambiar en la cadena de marcado @code{fret-diagram}.
>>
@end lilypond
+@cindex fret-diagram-terse, marcado con
+
+@funindex fret-diagram-terse
+@funindex \fret-diagram-terse
+
La cadena de marcado de diagrama de trastes escueta,
@code{fret-diagram-terse}, omite los números de la cuerda; el número
de cuerda viene implícito por la presencia del punto y coma. Hay un
@code{\override} al utilizar el marcado escueto con
fret-diagram-terse.
+@cindex fret-diagram-verbose, marcado con
+
+@funindex fret-diagram-verbose
+@funindex \fret-diagram-verbose
+
La cadena de marcado prolija @code{fret-diagram-verbose} está en el
formato de una lista de Scheme. Cada elemento de la lista indica la
colocación un elemento sobre el diagrama de trastes.
@end lilypond
@end ignore
+@cindex personalizados, diagramas de trastes
+@cindex trastes, diagramas personalizados de
+@cindex diagrama de trastes personalizado
+
+@funindex fret-diagram-interface
+
El aspecto gráfico de un diagrama de trastes se puede personalizar
según las preferencias del usuario a través de las propiedades del
interface @code{fret-diagram-interface}. Los detalles están en
@cindex fret diagrams
@cindex chord diagrams
+@funindex FretBoards
+@funindex stringTunings
+
Se pueden imprimir los diagramas de trastes usando el contexto
@code{FretBoards}. De forma predeterminada, el contexto
@code{FretBoards} imprime diagramas de trastes que están almacenados
}
@end lilypond
+@cindex acordes, diagramas de trastes con nombres de
+@cindex trastes, diagramas de, con nombres de acorde
+
+@funindex ChordNames
+@funindex chordmode
+@funindex \chordmode
+
Es corriente que se impriman juntos los nombres de acorde y los
diagramas de traste. Esto se puede hacer poniendo un contexto de
nombres de acorde @code{ChordNames} en paralelo con un contexto de
>>
@end lilypond
+@cindex transporte de diagramas de trastes
+@cindex trastes, diagramas de, transporte
+@cindex diagramas de traste, transporte de los
+
Los diagramas de traste predefinidos se pueden transportar, en la
medida en que esté almacenado un diagrama para el acorde transportado,
en la tabla de diagramas de traste.
>>
@end lilypond
+@cindex trastes personalizados, añadir diagramas de
+@cindex personalizados, añadir diagramas de traste
+@cindex diagramas de trastes personalizados, añadir
+
Se pueden añadir diagramas de traste a la tabla de diagramas sFret
diagrams can be added to the fret diagram table. Para añadir un
diagrama debemos especificar el acorde del diagrama, la afinación
>>
@end lilypond
+@cindex trastes, instrumentos de, formas de acordes
+@cindex acordes, formas de, en instrumentos de trastes
+
+@funindex \addChordShape
+@funindex add ChordShape
+@funindex storePredefinedDiagram
+@funindex \storePredefinedDiagram
+
Además de los diagramas de traste, LilyPond almacena una lista interna
de formas de acorde. Las formas de acorde son diagramas de traste que
se pueden desplazar por el mástil para dar acordes distintos. Se
@node Automatic fret diagrams
@unnumberedsubsubsec Automatic fret diagrams
-@cindex fret diagrams
-@cindex chord diagrams
+
+@cindex trastes, diagramas automáticos de
+@cindex acordes, diagramas automáticos de
+@cindex automáticos, diagramas de traste
+@cindex automáticos, diagramas de acordes
Se pueden crear diagramas de traste automáticamente a partir de las
notas introducidas usando el contexto @code{FretBoards}. Si no está
>>
@end lilypond
+@funindex predefinedFretboardsOff
+@funindex \predefinedFretboardsOff
+@funindex predefinedFretboardsOn
+@funindex \predefinedFretboardsOn
+
Puesto que de forma predeterminada no se carga ningún diagrama
predefinido, el comportamiento predeterminado es el cálculo automático
de los diagramas de traste. Una vez que los diagramas predeterminados
>>
@end lilypond
+@cindex trastes, añadir digitaciones a diagramas de
+@cindex digitaciones, añadir, a diagramas de trastes
+
Se pueden añadir digitaciones a los diagramas de traste del contexto
FretBoard.
@rinternals {fret-diagram-interface}.
-
@node Right-hand fingerings
@unnumberedsubsubsec Right-hand fingerings
+@cindex trastes, instrumentos de, digitaciones de la derecha
+@cindex digitaciones de la mano derecha para instrumentos de trastes
+@cindex derecha, mano, digitaciones para instrumentos de traste
+
+@funindex rightHandFinger
+@funindex \rightHandFinger
+
Las digitaciones de la mano derecha @var{p-i-m-a} se deben introducir
dentro de una construcción de acorde @code{<>} para que se impriman en
la partitura, incluso si se aplican a una nota suelta.
#(define RH rightHandFinger)
@end example
-@cindex digitaciones, mano derecha, de guitarra
-@cindex mano derecha, digitaciones para guitarra
-
@snippets
@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,texidoc,doctitle]
@node Indicating position and barring
@unnumberedsubsubsec Indicating position and barring
+@cindex posición y cejilla, indicación para instrumentos de trastes
+@cindex trastes, instrumentos de, indicacion de la posición y cejilla
+
Este ejemplo muestra cómo incluir indicaciones de posición y cejilla
de guitarra:
@node Indicating harmonics and dampened notes
@unnumberedsubsubsec Indicating harmonics and dampened notes
+@cindex trastes, notas tapadas en instrumentos de
+@cindex trastes, armónicos en instrumentos de
+@cindex tapadas, notas, en instrumentos de trastes
+@cindex armónicos en instrumentos de trastes
+
Se pueden usar cabezas de nota especiales para indicar notas apagadas
o armónicos. Los armónicos se suelen explicar de forma más completa
con un marcado de texto.
@unnumberedsubsubsec Banjo tablatures
@cindex banjo, tablaturas de
+@cindex tablatura de banjo
LilyPond contempla el banjo de cinco cuerdas de una manera básica.
Cuando haga tablaturas para banjo de cinco cuerdas, utilice la función
>>
@end lilypond
+@cindex banjo, afinaciones del
+@cindex afinaciones del banjo
+
+@funindex banjo-c-tuning
+@funindex banjo-modal-tuning
+@funindex banjo-open-d-tuning
+@funindex banjo-open-dm-tuning
+@funindex four-string-banjo
+
En LilyPond se encuentran predefinidas varias afinaciones comunes para
el banjo: @code{banjo-c-tuning} (sol-Do-Sol-Si-Re),
@code{banjo-modal-tuning} (sol-Re-Sol-Do-Re),
@c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; documentlanguage: de -*-
@c This file is part of lilypond.tely
@ignore
- Translation of GIT committish: 550152ed5d5015d13abf2af83b2e040f996a66a4
+ Translation of GIT committish: 541aafa12474496930f99f617890a944c3db4989
When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
Para introducir un caracter aislado para el que se conoce la secuencia
de escape de Unicode pero no está disponible en el editor que se está
-usando, escriba
+usando, use @code{\char ##xhhhh} dentro de un bloque @code{\markup},
+donde @code{hhhh} es el código hexadecimal del carácter en cuestión.
+Por ejemplo, @code{\char ##x03BE} inserta el carácter Unicode U+03BE,
+que tiene el nombre Unicode @qq{Letra griega Xi pequeña}. Se puede
+sustituir cualquier código hexadecimal Unicode, y si todos los
+caracteres especiales se escriben en este formato no es necesario
+guardar el archivo de entrada en formato UTF-8. Por supuesto, debe
+estar instalada y estar disponible para Lilypond una fuente
+tipográfica que contenga codificados todos estos caracteres.
+
+El ejemplo siguiente muestra caracteres codificados en UTF-8 que se
+usan en cuatro lugares: en una llamada de ensayo, como texto de
+articulación, en la letra y como texto independiente bajo la
+partitura:
-@example
-#(ly:export (ly:wide-char->utf-8 #x03BE))
-@end example
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim]
+\score {
+ \relative c'' {
+ c1 \mark \markup { \char ##x03EE }
+ c1_\markup { \tiny { \char ##x03B1 " to " \char ##x03C9 } }
+ }
+ \addlyrics { O \markup { \concat{ Ph \char ##x0153 be! } } }
+}
+\markup { "Copyright 2008" \char ##x00A9 }
+@end lilypond
-donde en este ejemplo @code{x03BE} es el código hexadecimal del
-carácter Unicode U+03BE, que tiene el nombre Unicode @qq{Letra griega
-Xi pequeña}. Cualquier código exadecimal de Unicode se puede
-sustituir de esta forma y si todos los caracteres especiales se
-introducen en eeste formato no es necesario guardar el archivo de
-entrada en el formato UTF-8.
+Para escribir el símbolo de copyright en la nota de créditos, utilice:
-@knownissues
-
-El formato @code{ly:export} se puede usar en textos dentro de
-instrucciones @code{\mark} o @code{\markup} pero no en la letra de las
-canciones.
+@example
+\header @{
+ copyright = \markup @{ \char ##x00A9 "2008" @}
+@}
+@end example
@node Displaying LilyPond notation
@itemize
@item Alturas
@item Cuartos de tono (véase @ref{Accidentals}. La reproducción necesita un reproductor que contemple la curvatura de tono o @emph{pitch bend}.)
-@item Chords entered as chord names
-@item Rhythms entered as note durations, including tuplets
-@item Tremolos entered without @q{@code{:}[@var{number}]}
-@item Ties
-@item Dynamic marks
-@item Crescendi, decrescendi over multiple notes
-@item Tempo changes entered with a tempo marking
+@item Acordes escritos como nombres de acorde
+@item Ritmos escritos como duraciones de las notas, incluidos los grupos de valoración especial
+@item Trémolos escritos sin @q{@code{:}[@var{número}]}
+@item Ligaduras de unión
+@item Matices o indicaciones de dinámica
+@item Crescendi y decrescendi sobre varias notas
+@item Cambios de tempo insertados con una marca metronómica
+@item Letra de las canciones
@end itemize
@unnumberedsubsubsec Unsupported in MIDI
@item Crescendi y decrescendi sobre una nota única
@item Trémolos introducidos con @q{@code{:}[@var{número}]}
@item Bajo cifrado
-@c TODO Check Lyrics
-@item Letra de las canciones
@end itemize
@c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; -*-
@ignore
- Translation of GIT committish: 635c9ec04620eaf1303e3ab3c04c8a7d6e0a9fe4
+ Translation of GIT committish: fa9bb5b46a6aafc291353cd653e36472b7a721c4
When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,texidoc,doctitle]
{preventing-extra-naturals-from-being-automatically-added.ly}
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,texidoc,doctitle]
+{makam-example.ly}
+
@seealso
Glosario musical:
@c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; documentlanguage: es -*-
@c This file is part of lilypond.tely
@ignore
- Translation of GIT committish: 4a527608c5ff2ce31e596495d00dce181dc1b9ea
+ Translation of GIT committish: 541aafa12474496930f99f617890a944c3db4989
When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
+@c \version "2.11.61"
@node Interfaces for programmers
@chapter Interfaces for programmers
-@untranslated
-
+Se pueden realizar trucos avanzados mediante el uso de Scheme. Si no
+está familizarizado con Scheme, le conviene leer nuestro tutorial de
+Scheme, @rlearning{Scheme tutorial}.
@menu
* Music functions::
* Markup programmer interface::
* Contexts for programmers::
* Scheme procedures as properties::
-* TODO moved into scheme::
+* Using Scheme code instead of \tweak::
+* Difficult tweaks::
@end menu
+
@node Music functions
@section Music functions
-@untranslated
-
+Esta sección trata sobre cómo crear funciones musicales dentro de
+LilyPond.
@menu
* Overview of music functions::
@node Overview of music functions
@subsection Overview of music functions
-@untranslated
+Es fácil hacer una función que sustituya a una variable en código de
+LilyPond. La forma general de estas funciones es:
+
+@example
+function =
+#(define-music-function (parser location @var{var1} @var{var2}...@var{vari}... )
+ (@var{var1-type?} @var{var2-type?}...@var{vari-type?}...)
+ #@{
+ @emph{...música...}
+ #@})
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+donde
+
+@multitable @columnfractions .33 .66
+@item @var{vari} @tab @var{i}-ésima variable
+@item @var{vari-type?} @tab tipo de la @var{i}-ésima variable
+@item @var{...música...} @tab entrada normal de LilyPond, usando las variables como @code{#$var1}, etc.
+@end multitable
+
+Los siguientes tipos de entrada se pueden usar como variables en una
+función musical. Esta lista no es exhaustiva; consulte otros lugares
+de la documentación específica de Scheme para ver otros tipos de
+variables.
+
+@multitable @columnfractions .33 .66
+@headitem Tipo de entrada @tab notación de @var{vari-type?}
+@item Entero @tab @code{integer?}
+@item Flotante (número decimal) @tab @code{number?}
+@item Cadena de texto @tab @code{string?}
+@item Marcado @tab @code{markup?}
+@item Expresión musical @tab @code{ly:music?}
+@item Pareja de variables @tab @code{pair?}
+@end multitable
+
+Los argumentos @code{parser} y @code{location} son obligatorios, y se
+usan en ciertas situaciones avanzadas. El argumento @code{parser} se
+usa para tener acceso al valor de otra variable de LilyPond. El
+argumento @code{location} se usa para establecer el @q{origen} de la
+expresión musical que construye la función musical, de forma que en
+caso de producirse un error de sintaxis LilyPond pueda informar al
+usuario de un lugar adecuado donde buscar en el archivo de entrada.
@node Simple substitution functions
@subsection Simple substitution functions
-@untranslated
+He aquí un ejemplo sencillo:
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,ragged-right]
+padText = #(define-music-function (parser location padding) (number?)
+ #{
+ \once \override TextScript #'padding = #$padding
+ #})
+
+\relative c''' {
+ c4^"piu mosso" b a b
+ \padText #1.8
+ c4^"piu mosso" d e f
+ \padText #2.6
+ c4^"piu mosso" fis a g
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+También se pueden sustituir las expresiones musicales:
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,ragged-right]
+custosNote = #(define-music-function (parser location note)
+ (ly:music?)
+ #{
+ \once \override Voice.NoteHead #'stencil =
+ #ly:text-interface::print
+ \once \override Voice.NoteHead #'text =
+ \markup \musicglyph #"custodes.mensural.u0"
+ \once \override Voice.Stem #'stencil = ##f
+ $note
+ #})
+
+{ c' d' e' f' \custosNote g' }
+@end lilypond
+
+Se pueden usar más de una variable:
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,ragged-right]
+tempoMark = #(define-music-function (parser location padding marktext)
+ (number? string?)
+#{
+ \once \override Score . RehearsalMark #'padding = $padding
+ \once \override Score . RehearsalMark #'extra-spacing-width = #'(+inf.0 . -inf.0)
+ \mark \markup { \bold $marktext }
+#})
+
+\relative c'' {
+c2 e
+\tempoMark #3.0 #"Allegro"
+g c
+}
+@end lilypond
@node Paired substitution functions
@subsection Paired substitution functions
-@untranslated
+Algunas instrucciones @code{\override} requieren un par de números
+(llamados en Scheme una @code{célula cons}). Para pasar estos números
+a una función, usamos una variable @code{pair?} o bien insertamos el
+@code{cons} en la función musical.
+
+@quotation
+@example
+manualBeam =
+#(define-music-function (parser location beg-end)
+ (pair?)
+#@{
+ \once \override Beam #'positions = #$beg-end
+#@})
+
+\relative @{
+ \manualBeam #'(3 . 6) c8 d e f
+@}
+@end example
+@end quotation
+
+@noindent
+o bien
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,ragged-right]
+manualBeam =
+#(define-music-function (parser location beg end)
+ (number? number?)
+#{
+ \once \override Beam #'positions = #(cons $beg $end)
+#})
+
+\relative {
+ \manualBeam #3 #6 c8 d e f
+}
+@end lilypond
@node Mathematics in functions
@subsection Mathematics in functions
-@untranslated
+Las funciones musicales pueden contar con programación de Scheme
+además de la simple sustitución:
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,ragged-right]
+AltOn = #(define-music-function (parser location mag) (number?)
+ #{ \override Stem #'length = #$(* 7.0 mag)
+ \override NoteHead #'font-size =
+ #$(inexact->exact (* (/ 6.0 (log 2.0)) (log mag))) #})
+
+AltOff = {
+ \revert Stem #'length
+ \revert NoteHead #'font-size
+}
+
+{ c'2 \AltOn #0.5 c'4 c'
+ \AltOn #1.5 c' c' \AltOff c'2 }
+@end lilypond
+
+@noindent
+Este ejemplo se puede reescribir de forma que pase expresiones
+musicales:
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,ragged-right]
+withAlt = #(define-music-function (parser location mag music) (number? ly:music?)
+ #{ \override Stem #'length = #$(* 7.0 mag)
+ \override NoteHead #'font-size =
+ #$(inexact->exact (* (/ 6.0 (log 2.0)) (log mag)))
+ $music
+ \revert Stem #'length
+ \revert NoteHead #'font-size #})
+
+{ c'2 \withAlt #0.5 {c'4 c'}
+ \withAlt #1.5 {c' c'} c'2 }
+@end lilypond
@node Void functions
@subsection Void functions
-@untranslated
+Una función musical debe devolver una expresión musical, per a veces
+podemos necesitar una función en la que no hay música en juego (como
+la desactivación de la funcionalidad Apuntar y Pulsar). Para hacerlo,
+devolvemos una expresión musical @code{void} (vacía).
+
+Este es el motivo por el que la forma que se devuelve es
+@code{(make-music ...)}. Con el valor de la propiedad @code{'void}
+establecido a @code{#t}, le decimos al analizador que descarte la
+expresión musical devuelta. así, la parte importante de la función
+musical vacía es el proceso realizado por la función, no la expresión
+musical que se devuelve.
+
+@example
+noPointAndClick =
+#(define-music-function (parser location) ()
+ (ly:set-option 'point-and-click #f)
+ (make-music 'SequentialMusic 'void #t))
+...
+\noPointAndClick % desactivar la funcionalidad Apuntar y Pulsar.
+@end example
@node Functions without arguments
@subsection Functions without arguments
-@untranslated
+En casi todos los casos, una función sin argumentos se debe escribir
+con una variable:
+
+@example
+dolce = \markup@{ \italic \bold dolce @}
+@end example
+
+Sin embargo, en raras ocasiones puede ser de utilidad crear una
+función musical sin argumentos:
+
+@example
+displayBarNum =
+#(define-music-function (parser location) ()
+ (if (eq? #t (ly:get-option 'display-bar-numbers))
+ #@{ \once \override Score.BarNumber #'break-visibility = ##f #@}
+ #@{#@}))
+@end example
+
+Para la imresión real de los números de compás donde se llama a esta
+función, invoque a @command{lilypond} con
+
+@example
+lilypond -d display-bar-numbers ARCHIVO.ly
+@end example
@node Overview of available music functions
@subsection Overview of available music functions
-@untranslated
-
+@c fixme ; this should be move somewhere else?
+Las siguientes instrucciones son funciones musicales:
@include identifiers.tely
+
+
@node Programmer interfaces
@section Programmer interfaces
-@untranslated
-
+Esta sección contiene información sobre cómo mezclar LilyPond y
+Scheme.
@menu
* Input variables and Scheme::
@node Input variables and Scheme
@subsection Input variables and Scheme
-@untranslated
+El formato de entrada contempla la noción de variables: en el ejemplo
+siguiente, se asigna una expresión musical a una variable con el
+nombre @code{traLaLa}.
+
+@example
+traLaLa = @{ c'4 d'4 @}
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+
+También existe una forma de ámbito léxico: en el ejemplo siguiente, el
+bloque @code{\layout} también contiene una variable @code{traLaLa},
+que es independiente de la @code{\traLaLa} exterior.
+
+@example
+traLaLa = @{ c'4 d'4 @}
+\layout @{ traLaLa = 1.0 @}
+@end example
+@c
+De hecho, cada archivo de entrada es un ámbito léxico, y todos los
+bloques @code{\header}, @code{\midi} y @code{\layout} son ámbitos
+anidados dentro de dicho ámbito de nivel superior.
+
+Tanto el ámbito léxico como las variables están implementados en el
+sistema de módulos GUILE. Se adjunta un módulo anónimo de Scheme a
+cada ámbito. Una asignación de la forma
+@example
+traLaLa = @{ c'4 d'4 @}
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+se convierte internamente a una definición de Scheme
+@example
+(define traLaLa @var{Scheme value of `@code{... }'})
+@end example
+
+Esto supone que las variables de entrada y las variables de Scheme se
+pueden intermezclar con libertad. En el ejemplo siguiente, se
+almacena un fragmento musical en la variable @code{traLaLa}, y se
+dupplica utilizando Scheme. El resultado se importa en un bloque
+@code{\score} por medio de una segunda variable @code{twice}:
+
+@lilypond[verbatim]
+traLaLa = { c'4 d'4 }
+
+%% dummy action to deal with parser lookahead
+#(display "this needs to be here, sorry!")
+
+#(define newLa (map ly:music-deep-copy
+ (list traLaLa traLaLa)))
+#(define twice
+ (make-sequential-music newLa))
+
+{ \twice }
+@end lilypond
+
+@c Due to parser lookahead
+
+En este ejemplo, la asignación se produce después de que el analizador
+sintáctico ha verificado que no ocurre nada interesante después de
+@code{traLaLa = @{ ... @}}. Sin el argumento mudo del ejemplo, la
+definición @code{newLa} se ejecuta antes de que se defina
+@code{traLaLa}, conduciendo a un error de sintaxis.
+
+El ejemplo anterior muestra cómo @q{exportar} expresiones musicales
+desde la entrada hasta el intérprete de Scheme. También es posible lo
+contrario. Envolviendo un valor de Scheme en la función
+@code{ly:export}, un valor de Scheme se interpreta como si hubiera
+sido introducido en sintaxis de LilyPond. En vez de definir
+@code{\twice}, el ejemplo anterior podría también haberse escrito como
+@example
+@dots{}
+@{ #(ly:export (make-sequential-music (list newLa))) @}
+@end example
+
+El sódigo de Scheme se evalúa tan pronto como el analizador sintáctico
+lo encuentra. Para definir código de Scheme en un macro (para
+llamarlo con posterioridad), use @ref{Void functions}, o bien
+
+@example
+#(define (nopc)
+ (ly:set-option 'point-and-click #f))
+
+...
+#(nopc)
+@{ c'4 @}
+@end example
+
+@knownissues
+
+No es posible mezclar variables de Scheme y de LilyPond con la opción
+@code{--safe}.
@node Internal music representation
@subsection Internal music representation
-@untranslated
+Cuando se analiza sintácticamente una expresión musical, se convierte
+en un conjunto de objetos musicales de Scheme. La propiedad que
+define a un objeto musical es que tiene una cierta duración. El
+tiempo es un número racional que mide la longitud de un fragmento de
+música en unidades del valor de una redonda.
+
+Un objeto musical tiene tres clases de tipos:
+@itemize
+@item
+nombre musical: cada expresión musical tiene un nombre. Por ejemplo,
+una nota conduce a un evento @rinternals{NoteEvent}, y
+@code{\simultaneous} conduce a @rinternals{SimultaneousMusic}. Hay
+una lista de todas las expresiones que están disponibles en el Manual
+de referencia de funcionamiento interno, bajo @rinternals{Music
+expressions}.
+
+@item
+@q{typo} o intterface: cada nombre de música tiene varios @q{tipos} o
+interfaces, por ejemplo una nota es un @code{event}, pero también es
+un @code{note-event}, un @code{rhythmic-event} y un
+@code{melodic-event}. Todas las clases musicales se encuentran
+relacionadas en la Referencia de funcionamiento interno bajo
+@rinternals{Music classes}.
+
+@item
+Objeto de C++: cada objeto musical está representado por un objeto de
+la clase de C++ @code{Music}.
+@end itemize
+
+La información real de una expresión musical se almacena en forma de
+propiedades. Por ejemplo, un evento @rinternals{NoteEvent} tiene
+propiedades @code{pitch} y @code{duration} que almacenan la altura y
+duración de la nota. Hay una lista completa de las propiedades que
+están disponibles en la Referencia de funcionamiento interno, bajo
+@rinternals{Music properties}.
+
+Una expresión musical compuesta es un objeto musical que contiene
+otros objetos musicales en sus propiedades. Se puede almacernar una
+lista de objetos en la propiedad @code{elements} de un objeto musical,
+o un solo objeto musical @q{hijo} en la propiedad @code{element}. Por
+ejemplo, @rinternals{SequentialMusic} tiene sus hijos en
+@code{elements}, y @rinternals{GraceMusic} tiene su elemento único en
+@code{element}. El cuerpo de una repetición se almacena en la
+propiedad @code{element} de @rinternals{RepeatedMusic}, y las
+alternativas en @code{elements}.
@node Building complicated functions
@section Building complicated functions
-@untranslated
+Esta sección explica cómo reunir la información necesaria para crear
+funciones musicales complejas.
@menu
@node Displaying music expressions
@subsection Displaying music expressions
-@untranslated
+@cindex interno, almacenamiento
+@funindex \displayMusic
+
+Si se está escribiendo una función musical puede ser muy instructivo
+examinar cómo se almacena internamente una expresión musical. Esto se
+puede hacer con la función musical @code{\displayMusic}:
+
+@example
+@{
+ \displayMusic @{ c'4\f @}
+@}
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+imprime lo siguiente:
+
+@example
+(make-music
+ 'SequentialMusic
+ 'elements
+ (list (make-music
+ 'EventChord
+ 'elements
+ (list (make-music
+ 'NoteEvent
+ 'duration
+ (ly:make-duration 2 0 1 1)
+ 'pitch
+ (ly:make-pitch 0 0 0))
+ (make-music
+ 'AbsoluteDynamicEvent
+ 'text
+ "f")))))
+@end example
+
+De forma predeterminada, LilyPond imprime estos mensajes en la consola
+junto al resto de los mensajes. Para discernir entre estos mensajes y
+guardar el resultado de @code{\display@{MATERIAL@}}, redirija la
+salida hacia un archivo.
+
+@example
+lilypond archivo.ly >resultado.txt
+@end example
+
+Con la aplicación de un poco de formato, la inforamción anterior es
+fácil de leer:
+
+@example
+(make-music 'SequentialMusic
+ 'elements (list (make-music 'EventChord
+ 'elements (list (make-music 'NoteEvent
+ 'duration (ly:make-duration 2 0 1 1)
+ 'pitch (ly:make-pitch 0 0 0))
+ (make-music 'AbsoluteDynamicEvent
+ 'text "f")))))
+@end example
+
+Una secuencia musical @code{@{ ... @}} tiene el nombre
+@code{SequentialMusic}, y sus expresiones internas se almacenan como
+una lista en su propiedad @code{'elements}. Una nota se representa
+como una expresión @code{EventChord} que contiene un objeto
+@code{NoteEvent} (que almacena las propiedades de duración y altura) y
+cualquier otra información adicional (en este caso, un evento
+@code{AbsoluteDynamicEvent} con una porpiedad de texto @code{"f"}.
@node Music properties
@subsection Music properties
-@untranslated
+El objeto @code{NoteEvent} es el primer objeto de la propiedad
+@code{'elements} de @code{someNote}.
+
+@example
+unaNota = c'
+\displayMusic \unaNota
+===>
+(make-music
+ 'EventChord
+ 'elements
+ (list (make-music
+ 'NoteEvent
+ 'duration
+ (ly:make-duration 2 0 1 1)
+ 'pitch
+ (ly:make-pitch 0 0 0))))
+@end example
+
+La función @code{display-scheme-music} es la función utilizada por
+@code{\displayMusic} para imprimir la representación de Scheme de una
+expresión musical.
+
+@example
+#(display-scheme-music (first (ly:music-property unaNota 'elements)))
+===>
+(make-music
+ 'NoteEvent
+ 'duration
+ (ly:make-duration 2 0 1 1)
+ 'pitch
+ (ly:make-pitch 0 0 0))
+@end example
+
+Después se accede a la altura de la nota a través de la propiedad
+@code{'pitch} del objeto @code{NoteEvent}:
+
+@example
+#(display-scheme-music
+ (ly:music-property (first (ly:music-property unaNota 'elements))
+ 'pitch))
+===>
+(ly:make-pitch 0 0 0)
+@end example
+
+La altura de la nota se puede cambiar estableciendo el valor de esta
+propiedad 'pitch:
+
+@funindex \displayLilyMusic
+
+@example
+#(set! (ly:music-property (first (ly:music-property unaNota 'elements))
+ 'pitch)
+ (ly:make-pitch 0 1 0)) ;; fijar la altura a d'.
+\displayLilyMusic \unaNota
+===>
+d'
+@end example
@node Doubling a note with slurs (example)
@subsection Doubling a note with slurs (example)
-@untranslated
+Supongamos que queremos crear una función que traduce una entrada como
+@code{a} a algo como @code{a( a)}. Empezamos examinando la
+representación interna de la música con la que queremos terminar.
+
+@example
+\displayMusic@{ a'( a') @}
+===>
+(make-music
+ 'SequentialMusic
+ 'elements
+ (list (make-music
+ 'EventChord
+ 'elements
+ (list (make-music
+ 'NoteEvent
+ 'duration
+ (ly:make-duration 2 0 1 1)
+ 'pitch
+ (ly:make-pitch 0 5 0))
+ (make-music
+ 'SlurEvent
+ 'span-direction
+ -1)))
+ (make-music
+ 'EventChord
+ 'elements
+ (list (make-music
+ 'NoteEvent
+ 'duration
+ (ly:make-duration 2 0 1 1)
+ 'pitch
+ (ly:make-pitch 0 5 0))
+ (make-music
+ 'SlurEvent
+ 'span-direction
+ 1)))))
+@end example
+
+Las malas noticias son que las espresiones @code{SlurEvent} se deben
+añadir @q{dentro} de la nota (o más concretamente, dentro de la
+expresión @code{EventChord}).
+
+Ahora observamos la entrada:
+
+@example
+(make-music
+ 'SequentialMusic
+ 'elements
+ (list (make-music
+ 'EventChord
+ 'elements
+ (list (make-music
+ 'NoteEvent
+ 'duration
+ (ly:make-duration 2 0 1 1)
+ 'pitch
+ (ly:make-pitch 0 5 0))))))
+@end example
+
+Así pues, en nuestra función, tenemos que clonar esta expresión (de
+forma que tengamos dos notas para construir la secuencia), añadir
+@code{SlurEvents} a la propiedad @code{'elements} de cada una de
+ellas, y por último hacer una secuencia @code{SequentialMusic} con los
+dos @code{EventChords}.
+
+@example
+doubleSlur = #(define-music-function (parser location note) (ly:music?)
+ "Return: @{ note ( note ) @}.
+ `note' is supposed to be an EventChord."
+ (let ((note2 (ly:music-deep-copy note)))
+ (set! (ly:music-property note 'elements)
+ (cons (make-music 'SlurEvent 'span-direction -1)
+ (ly:music-property note 'elements)))
+ (set! (ly:music-property note2 'elements)
+ (cons (make-music 'SlurEvent 'span-direction 1)
+ (ly:music-property note2 'elements)))
+ (make-music 'SequentialMusic 'elements (list note note2))))
+@end example
@node Adding articulation to notes (example)
@subsection Adding articulation to notes (example)
-@untranslated
+La manera fácil de añadir articulación a las notas es fundir dos
+expresiones musicales en un contexto único, como está explicado en
+@ref{Creating contexts}. Sin embargo, suponga que queremos escribir
+una función musical que haga esto.
+
+Una @code{$variable} dentro de la notación @code{#@{...#@}} es como
+usar una @code{\variable} normal en la notación clásica de LilyPond.
+Sabemos que
+
+@example
+@{ \musica -. -> @}
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+no funciona en LilyPond. Podemos evitar este problema adjuntando la
+articulación a una nota de mentira,
+
+@example
+@{ << \musica s1*0-.-> @}
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+pero a los efectos de este ejemplo, aprenderemos ahora cómo hacerlo en
+Scheme. Comenzamos examinando nuestra entrada y la salida deseada:
+
+@example
+% entrada
+\displayMusic c4
+===>
+(make-music
+ 'EventChord
+ 'elements
+ (list (make-music
+ 'NoteEvent
+ 'duration
+ (ly:make-duration 2 0 1 1)
+ 'pitch
+ (ly:make-pitch -1 0 0))))
+=====
+% salida deseada
+\displayMusic c4->
+===>
+(make-music
+ 'EventChord
+ 'elements
+ (list (make-music
+ 'NoteEvent
+ 'duration
+ (ly:make-duration 2 0 1 1)
+ 'pitch
+ (ly:make-pitch -1 0 0))
+ (make-music
+ 'ArticulationEvent
+ 'articulation-type
+ "marcato")))
+@end example
+
+Vemos que una nota (@code{c4}) se representa como una expresión
+@code{EventChord}, con una expresión @code{NoteEvent} en su lista de
+elementos. Para añadir una articulación marcato, se debe añadir una
+expresión @code{ArticulationEvent} a la propiedad elementos de la
+expresión @code{EventChord}.
+
+Para construir esta función, empezamos con
+
+@example
+(define (add-marcato event-chord)
+ "Añadir una ArticulationEvent de marcato a los elementos de `event-chord',
+ que se ssupone que es una expresión EventChord."
+ (let ((result-event-chord (ly:music-deep-copy event-chord)))
+ (set! (ly:music-property result-event-chord 'elements)
+ (cons (make-music 'ArticulationEvent
+ 'articulation-type "marcato")
+ (ly:music-property result-event-chord 'elements)))
+ result-event-chord))
+@end example
+
+La primera línea es la forma de definir una función en Scheme: el
+nombre de la función es @code{add-marcato}, y tiene una variable
+llamada @code{event-chord}. En Scheme, el tipo de variable suele
+quedar claro a partir de su nombre (¡esto también es una buena
+práctica en otros lenguajes de programación!).
+
+@example
+"Añadir una ArticulationEvent de marcato..."
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+es una descripción de lo que hace la función. No es estrictamente
+necesario, pero como los nombres de variable claros, es una buena
+práctica.
+
+@example
+(let ((result-event-chord (ly:music-deep-copy event-chord)))
+@end example
+
+@code{let} se usa para declarar variables locales. Aquí usamos una
+variable local, llamada @code{result-event-chord}, a la que le damos
+el valor @code{(ly:music-deep-copy event-chord)}.
+@code{ly:music-deep-copy} es una función específica de LilyPond, como
+todas las funciones que comienzan por @code{ly:}. Se usa para hacer
+una copia de una expresión musical. Aquí, copiamos @code{event-chord}
+(el parámetro de la función). Recuerde que el propósito es añadir un
+marcato a una expresión @code{EventChord}. Es mejor no modificar el
+@code{EventChord} que se dio como argumento, porque podría utilizarse
+en algún otro lugar.
+
+Ahora tenemos un @code{result-event-chord}, que es una expresión
+@code{NoteEventChord} y es una copia de @code{event-chord}. Añadimos
+el marcato a su propiedad lista de elementos.
+
+@example
+(set! place new-value)
+@end example
+
+Aquí, lo que queremos establecer (el @q{place}) es la propiedad
+@q{elements} de la expresión @code{result-event-chord}.
+
+@example
+(ly:music-property result-event-chord 'elements)
+@end example
+
+@code{ly:music-property} es la función que se usa para acceder a las
+propiedades musicales (los @code{'elements}, @code{'duration},
+@code{'pitch}, etc., que vemos en la salida de @code{\displayMusic}
+más arriba). El nuevo valor es la anterior propiedad elements, con un
+elemento adicional: la expresión @code{ArticulationEvent}, que
+copiamos a partir de la salida de @code{\displayMusic},
+
+@example
+(cons (make-music 'ArticulationEvent
+ 'articulation-type "marcato")
+ (ly:music-property result-event-chord 'elements))
+@end example
+
+@code{cons} se usa para añadir un elemento a una lsita sin modificar
+la lista original. Esto es lo que queremos: la misma lista que antes,
+más la nueva expresión @code{ArticulationEvent}. El orden dentro de
+la propiedad elements no es importante aquí.
+
+Finalmente, una vez añadida la articulación marcato a su propiedad
+@code{elements}, podemos devolver @code{result-event-chord}, de aquí
+la última línea de la función.
+
+Ahora transformamos la función @code{add-marcato} en una función
+musical,
+
+@example
+addMarcato = #(define-music-function (parser location event-chord)
+ (ly:music?)
+ "Add a marcato ArticulationEvent to the elements of `event-chord',
+ which is supposed to be an EventChord expression."
+ (let ((result-event-chord (ly:music-deep-copy event-chord)))
+ (set! (ly:music-property result-event-chord 'elements)
+ (cons (make-music 'ArticulationEvent
+ 'articulation-type "marcato")
+ (ly:music-property result-event-chord 'elements)))
+ result-event-chord))
+@end example
+
+Podemos verificar que esta función musical funciona correctamente,
+
+@example
+\displayMusic \addMarcato c4
+@end example
@node Markup programmer interface
@section Markup programmer interface
-@untranslated
-
+Los marcados están implementados como funciones de Scheme especiales
+que producen un elemento Stencil (sello) dado un número de argumentos.
@menu
* Markup construction in Scheme::
@node Markup construction in Scheme
@subsection Markup construction in Scheme
-@untranslated
+@cindex marcado, definir instrucciones de
+
+El macro @code{markup} construye expresiones de marcado en Scheme,
+proporcionando una sintaxis similar a la de LilyPond. Por ejemplo:
+
+@example
+(markup #:column (#:line (#:bold #:italic "hola" #:raise 0.4 "mundo")
+ #:larger #:line ("fulano" "fulanito" "menganito")))
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+equivale a:
+@example
+\markup \column @{ \line @{ \bold \italic "hola" \raise #0.4 "mundo" @}
+ \larger \line @{ fulano fulanito menganito @} @}
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+Este ejemplo muestra las principales reglas de traducción entre la
+sitaxis del marcado normal de LilyPond y la sintaxis del marcado de
+Scheme.
+
+@quotation
+@multitable @columnfractions .3 .3
+@item @b{LilyPond} @tab @b{Scheme}
+@item @code{\markup marcado1} @tab @code{(markup marcado1)}
+@item @code{\markup @{ marcado1 marcado2 ... @}} @tab
+ @code{(markup marcado1 marcado2 ... )}
+@item @code{\instruccion} @tab @code{#:instruccion}
+@item @code{\variable} @tab @code{variable}
+@item @code{\center-column @{ ... @}} @tab @code{#:center-column ( ... )}
+@item @code{cadena} @tab @code{"cadena"}
+@item @code{#argumento-de-scheme} @tab @code{argumento-de-scheme}
+@end multitable
+@end quotation
+
+Todo el lenguaje Scheme está accesible dentro del macro @code{markup}.
+Por ejemplo, podemos usar llamadas a funciones dentro de @code{markup}
+para así manipular cadenas de caracteres. Esto es útil si se están
+definiendo instrucciones de marcado nuevas (véase @ref{New markup
+command definition}).
+
+@knownissues
+
+El argumento markup-list de instrucciones como @code{#:line},
+@code{#:center} y @code{#:column} no pueden se una variable o el
+resultado de la llamada a una función.
+
+@lisp
+(markup #:line (funcion-que-devuelve-marcados))
+@end lisp
+
+@noindent
+no es válido. Hay que usar las funciones @code{make-line-markup},
+@code{make-center-markup} o @code{make-column-markup} en su lugar:
+
+@lisp
+(markup (make-line-markup (funcion-que-devuelve-marcados)))
+@end lisp
@node How markups work internally
@subsection How markups work internally
-@untranslated
+En un elemento de marcado como
+
+@example
+\raise #0.5 "ejemplo de texto"
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+@code{\raise} se representa en realidad por medio de la función
+@code{raise-markup}. La expresión de marcado se almacena como
+
+@example
+(list raise-markup 0.5 (list simple-markup "ejemplo de texto"))
+@end example
+
+Cuando el marcado se convierte en objetos imprimibles (Stencils o
+sellos), se llama la función @code{raise-markup} como
+
+@example
+(apply raise-markup
+ @var{\objeto de marcado}
+ @var{lista de listas asociativas de propiedades}
+ 0.5
+ @var{el marcado "ejemplo de texto"})
+@end example
+
+Primero la función @code{raise-markup} crea el sello para la cadena
+@code{ejemplo de texto}, y después eleva el sello Stencil en 0.5
+espacios de pentagrama. Este es un ejemplo bastante simple; en el
+resto de la sección podrán verse ejemplos más complejos, así como en
+@file{scm/@/define@/-markup@/-commands@/.scm}.
@node New markup command definition
@subsection New markup command definition
-@untranslated
+Las instrucciones de marcado nuevas se pueden definir con el macro de
+Scheme @code{define-markup-command}.
+
+@lisp
+(define-markup-command (@var{nombre-de-la-instruccion} @var{layout} @var{props} @var{arg1} @var{arg2} ...)
+ (@var{arg1-type?} @var{arg2-type?} ...)
+ ..command body..)
+@end lisp
+
+Los argumentos son
+
+@table @var
+@item argi
+@var{i}-ésimo argumento de la instrucción
+@item argi-type?
+predicado de tipo para el argumento @var{i}-ésimo
+@item layout
+la definición de @q{presentación}
+@item props
+lista de listas asociativas, que contiene todas las propiedades
+activas.
+@end table
+
+Como ejemplo sencillo, mostramos cómo añadir una instrucción
+@code{\smallcaps}, que selecciona una tipografía de versalitas.
+Normalmente podríamos seleccionar la tipografía de versalitas,
+
+@example
+\markup @{ \override #'(font-shape . caps) Texto-en-versalitas @}
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+Esto selecciona la tipografía de versalitas mediante el
+establecimiento de la propiedad @code{font-shape} a @code{#'caps} para
+la interpretación de @code{Texto-en-versalitas}.
+
+Para poner lo anterior disponible como la instrucción
+@code{\smallcaps}, tenemos que definir una función utilizando
+@code{define-markup-command}. La instrucción ha de tomar un argumento
+del tipo @code{markup}. Por tanto, el inicio de la definición ha de
+ser
+
+@example
+(define-markup-command (smallcaps layout props argument) (markup?)
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+
+Lo que aparece a continuación es el contenido de la instrucción:
+debemos interpretar el @code{argument} como un marcado, es decir:
+
+@example
+(interpret-markup layout @dots{} argument)
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+Esta interpretación tiene que añadir @code{'(font-shape . caps)} a las
+propiedades activas, por lo que sustituimos lo siguiente por los
+@dots{} en el ejemplo anterior:
+
+@example
+(cons (list '(font-shape . caps) ) props)
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+La variable @code{props} es una lista de a-listas, y se lo anteponemos
+haciendo la operación cons de una lista con el ajuste adicional.
+
+Supongamos que estamos tipografiando un recitativo de una ópera y nos
+gustaría definir una instrucción que presente los nombres de los
+personajes de una forma personalizada. Queremos que los nombres se
+impriman con versalitas y se desplacen un poco a la izquierda y hacia
+arriba. Definimos una instrucción @code{\character} que toma en
+cuenta la traslación necesaria y utiliza la instrucción
+@code{\smallcaps} recién definida:
+
+@example
+#(define-markup-command (character layout props nombre) (string?)
+ "Imprimir el nombre del personaje en versalitas, desplazado a la izquierda y hacia
+ arriba. Sintaxis: \\character #\"nombre\""
+ (interpret-markup layout props
+ (markup #:hspace 0 #:translate (cons -3 1) #:smallcaps nombre)))
+@end example
+
+Esta es una complicación que requiere una explicación: los textos por
+encima y por debajo del pentagrama se mueven verticalmente de forma
+que estén a una cierta distancia (la propiedad @code{padding}) del
+pentagrama y de las notas. Para asegurar que este mecanismo no anula
+el efecto de nuestro @code{#:translate}, añadimos una cadena vacía
+(@code{#:hspace 0}) antes del texto trasladado. Ahora el
+@code{#:hspace 0} se pone encima de las notas, y el @code{nombre} se
+mueve en relación a dicha cadena vacía. El efecto neto es que el
+texto se mueve hacia la izquierda y hacia arriba.
+
+El resultado final es como sigue:
+
+@example
+@{
+ c''^\markup \character #"Cleopatra"
+ e'^\markup \character #"Giulio Cesare"
+@}
+@end example
+
+@lilypond[quote,ragged-right]
+#(define-markup-command (smallcaps layout props str) (string?)
+ "Print the string argument in small caps. Syntax: \\smallcaps #\"string\""
+ (interpret-markup layout props
+ (make-line-markup
+ (map (lambda (s)
+ (if (= (string-length s) 0)
+ s
+ (markup #:large (string-upcase (substring s 0 1))
+ #:translate (cons -0.6 0)
+ #:tiny (string-upcase (substring s 1)))))
+ (string-split str #\Space)))))
+
+#(define-markup-command (character layout props name) (string?)
+ "Print the character name in small caps, translated to the left and
+ top. Syntax: \\character #\"name\""
+ (interpret-markup layout props
+ (markup #:hspace 0 #:translate (cons -3 1) #:smallcaps name)))
+
+{
+ c''^\markup \character #"Cleopatra" c'' c'' c''
+ e'^\markup \character #"Giulio Cesare" e' e' e'
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+Hemos usado la forma de fuente tipográfica @code{caps}, pero
+supongamos que nuestra fuente no tiene la variante de versalitas. En
+ese caso tenemos que hacer una falsa fuente de mayúsculas pequeñas
+haciendo que la cadena en mayúsculas tenga la primera legra un poco
+mayor:
+
+@example
+#(define-markup-command (smallcaps layout props str) (string?)
+ "Print the string argument in small caps."
+ (interpret-markup layout props
+ (make-line-markup
+ (map (lambda (s)
+ (if (= (string-length s) 0)
+ s
+ (markup #:large (string-upcase (substring s 0 1))
+ #:translate (cons -0.6 0)
+ #:tiny (string-upcase (substring s 1)))))
+ (string-split str #\Space)))))
+@end example
+
+La instrucción @code{smallcaps} primero divide su argumento de cadena
+en unidades o palabras separadas por espacios (@code{(string-split str
+#\Space)}); para cada unidad o palabra, se construye un marcado con la
+primera letra agrandada y en mayúscula (@code{#:large (string-upcase
+(substring s 0 1))}), y un segundo marcado construido con las letras
+siguientes reducidas de tamaño y en mayúsculas (@code{#:tiny
+(string-upcase (substring s 1))}). Como LilyPond introduce un espacio
+entre los marcados de una misma línea, el segundo marcado se traslada
+a la izquierda (@code{#:translate (cons -0.6 0) ...}). Después, los
+marcados construidos para cada palabra se ponen en una línea mediante
+@code{(make-line-markup ...)}. Finalmente, el marcado resultante se
+pasa a la función @code{interpret-markup}, con los argumentos
+@code{layout} y @code{props}.
+
+Nota: ahora existe una instrucción interna @code{\smallCaps} que se
+puede usar para poner texto en versalitas. Consulte @ref{Text markup
+commands}, para ver más detalles.
+
+@knownissues
+
+Actualmente las combinaciones de argumentos que hay disponibles
+(después de los argumentos estándar @var{layout} y @var{props}) para
+una instrucción de marcado definida con @code{define-markup-command}
+se limitan a la siguiente lista:
+
+@table @asis
+@item (ningún argumento)
+@itemx @var{list}
+@itemx @var{markup}
+@itemx @var{markup markup}
+@itemx @var{scm}
+@itemx @var{scm markup}
+@itemx @var{scm scm}
+@itemx @var{scm scm markup}
+@itemx @var{scm scm markup markup}
+@itemx @var{scm markup markup}
+@itemx @var{scm scm scm}
+@end table
+
+@noindent
+En la tabla de arriba, @var{scm} representa los tipos de datos nativos
+de Scheme como @q{number} (número) o @q{string} (cadena).
+
+Como ejemplo, no es posible usar una instrucción de marcado
+@code{fulanito} con cuatro argumentos definida como
+
+@example
+#(define-markup-command (fulanito layout props
+ num1 str1 num2 str2)
+ (number? string? number? string?)
+ ...)
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+Si la aplicamos como, digamos,
+
+@example
+\markup \fulanito #1 #"mengano" #2 #"zutano"
+@end example
+
+@cindex Scheme signature
+@cindex signature, Scheme
+@noindent
+@command{lilypond} protesta diciendo que no puede analizar
+@code{fulanito} debido a su firma de Scheme desconocida.
@node New markup list command definition
@subsection New markup list command definition
-@untranslated
+Las instrucciones de listas de marcado se definen con el macro de
+Scheme @code{define-markup-list-command}, que es similar al macro
+@code{define-markup-command} descrito en @ref{New markup command
+definition}, excepto que donde éste devuelve un sello único, aquél
+devuelve una lista de sellos.
+
+En el siguiente ejemplo se define una instrucción de lista de marcado
+@code{\paragraph}, que devuelve una lista de líneas justificadas,
+estando la primera de ellas sangrada. La anchura del sangrado se toma
+del argumento @code{props}.
+
+@example
+#(define-markup-list-command (paragraph layout props args) (markup-list?)
+ (let ((indent (chain-assoc-get 'par-indent props 2)))
+ (interpret-markup-list layout props
+ (make-justified-lines-markup-list (cons (make-hspace-markup indent)
+ args)))))
+@end example
+
+Aparte de los argumentos usuales @code{layout} y @code{props}, la
+instrucción de lista de marcados @code{paragraph} toma un argumento de
+lista de marcados, llamado @code{args}. El predicado para listas de
+marcados es @code{markup-list?}.
+
+Em primer lugar, la función toma el ancho del sangrado, una propiedad
+llamada aquí @code{par-indent}, de la lista de propiedades
+@code{props}. Si no se encuentra la propiedad, el valor
+predeterminado es @code{2}. Después, se hace una lista de líneas
+justificadas usando la función
+@code{make-justified-lines-markup-list}, que está relacionada con la
+instrucción incorporada de lista de marcados @code{\justified-lines}.
+Se añade un espacio horizontal al principio usando la función
+@code{make-hspace-markup}. Finalmente, la lista de marcados se
+interpreta usando la función @code{interpret-markup-list}.
+
+Esta nueva instrucción de lista de marcados se puede usar como sigue:
+
+@example
+\markuplines @{
+ \paragraph @{
+ El arte de la tipografía musical se llama \italic @{grabado (en plancha).@}
+ El término deriva del proceso tradicional de impresión de música.
+ hace sólo algunas décadas, las partituras se hacían cortando y estampando
+ la música en una plancha de zinc o lata en una imagen invertida.
+ @}
+ \override-lines #'(par-indent . 4) \paragraph @{
+ La plancha se tenía que entintar, y las depresiones causadas por los cortes
+ y estampados retienen la tinta. Se formaba una imagen presionando el papel
+ contra la plancha. El estampado y cortado se hacía completamente
+ a mano.
+ @}
+@}
+@end example
@node Contexts for programmers
@section Contexts for programmers
-@untranslated
-
-
@menu
* Context evaluation::
* Running a function on all layout objects::
@node Context evaluation
@subsection Context evaluation
-@untranslated
+@cindex código, llamadas durante la interpretación
+@funindex \applyContext
+
+Se pueden modificar los contextos durante la interpretación con código
+de Scheme. La sintaxis para esto es
+
+@example
+\applyContext @var{función}
+@end example
+
+@var{función} debe ser una función de Scheme que toma un único
+argumento, que es el contexto al que aplicarla. El código siguiente
+imprime el número del compás actual sobre la salida estándar durante
+la compilación:
+
+@example
+\applyContext
+ #(lambda (x)
+ (format #t "\nSe nos ha llamado en el compás número ~a.\n"
+ (ly:context-property x 'currentBarNumber)))
+@end example
@node Running a function on all layout objects
@subsection Running a function on all layout objects
-@untranslated
+@cindex código, llamar sobre objetos de presentación
+@funindex \applyOutput
-@node Scheme procedures as properties
-@section Scheme procedures as properties
-@untranslated
+La manera más versátil de realizar el ajuste fino de un objeto es
+@code{\applyOutput}. Su sintaxis es
+@example
+\applyOutput @var{contexto} @var{proc}
+@end example
-@node TODO moved into scheme
-@section TODO moved into scheme
+@noindent
+donde @var{proc} es una función de Scheme, que toma tres argumentos.
-@untranslated
+Al interpretarse, la función @var{proc} se llama para cada objeto de
+presentación que se encuentra en el contexto @var{contexto}, con los
+siguientes argumentos:
+@itemize
+@item el propio objeto de presentación,
+@item el contexto en que se creó el objeto de presentación, y
+@item el contexto en que se procesa @code{\applyOutput}.
+@end itemize
-@menu
-* Using Scheme code instead of \tweak::
-* Difficult tweaks::
-@end menu
+Además, la causa del objeto de presentación, es decir el objeto o
+expresión musical que es responsable de haberlo creado, está en la
+propiedad @code{cause} del objeto. Por ejemplo, para la cabeza de una
+nota, éste es un evento @rinternals{NoteHead}, y para un objeto
+@rinternals{Stem} (plica), éste es un objeto @rinternals{Stem}.
+@c Impossible - changed to Stem --FV
-@node Using Scheme code instead of \tweak
-@subsection Using Scheme code instead of @code{\tweak}
+He aquí una función que usar para @code{\applyOutput}; borra las
+cabezas de las notas que están sobre la línea central:
-@untranslated
+@example
+(define (blanker grob grob-origin context)
+ (if (and (memq (ly:grob-property grob 'interfaces)
+ note-head-interface)
+ (eq? (ly:grob-property grob 'staff-position) 0))
+ (set! (ly:grob-property grob 'transparent) #t)))
+@end example
-@node Difficult tweaks
-@subsection Difficult tweaks
+@node Scheme procedures as properties
+@section Scheme procedures as properties
-@untranslated
+Las propiedades (como el grosor, la dirección, etc.) se pueden
+establecer a valores fijos con \override, p. ej.
+
+@example
+\override Stem #'thickness = #2.0
+@end example
+
+Las propiedades pueden fijarse también a un procedimiento de scheme,
+
+@lilypond[fragment,verbatim,quote,relative=2]
+\override Stem #'thickness = #(lambda (grob)
+ (if (= UP (ly:grob-property grob 'direction))
+ 2.0
+ 7.0))
+c b a g b a g b
+@end lilypond
+
+@noindent
+En este caso, el procedimiento se ejecuta tan pronto como el valor de
+la propiedad se reclama durante el proceso de formateo.
+
+Casi todo el motor de tipografiado está manejado por estos
+@emph{callbacks}. Entre las propiedades que usan normalmente
+@emph{callbacks} están
+
+@table @code
+@item stencil
+ La rutina de impresión, que construye un dibujo para el símbolo
+@item X-offset
+ La rutina que establece la posición horizontal
+@item X-extent
+ La rutina que calcula la anchura de un objeto
+@end table
+
+El procedimiento siempre toma un argumento único, que es el grob (el
+objeto gráfico).
+
+Si se deben llamar rutinas con varios argumentos, el grob actual se
+puede insertar con una cerradura de grob. He aquí un ajuste
+procedente de @code{AccidentalSuggestion},
+
+@example
+(X-offset .
+ ,(ly:make-simple-closure
+ `(,+
+ ,(ly:make-simple-closure
+ (list ly:self-alignment-interface::centered-on-x-parent))
+ ,(ly:make-simple-closure
+ (list ly:self-alignment-interface::x-aligned-on-self)))))
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+En este ejemplo, tanto
+@code{ly:self-alignment-interface::x-aligned-on-self} como
+@code{ly:self-alignment-interface::centered-on-x-parent} se llaman con
+el grob como argumento. El resultado se añade con la función
+@code{+}. Para asegurar que esta adición se ejecuta adecuadamente,
+todo ello se encierra dentro de @code{ly:make-simple-closure}.
+
+De hecho, usar un solo procedimiento como valor de una propiedad
+equivale a
+
+@example
+(ly:make-simple-closure (ly:make-simple-closure (list @var{proc})))
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+El @code{ly:make-simple-closure} interior aporta el grob como
+argumento de @var{proc}, el exterior asegura que el resultado de la
+función es lo que se devuelve, en lugar del objeto
+@code{simple-closure}.
+@node Using Scheme code instead of \tweak
+@section Using Scheme code instead of @code{\tweak}
+
+La principal desventaja de @code{\tweak} es su inflexibilidad
+sintáctica. Por ejemplo, lo siguiente produce un error de sintaxis.
+
+@example
+F = \tweak #'font-size #-3 -\flageolet
+
+\relative c'' @{
+ c4^\F c4_\F
+@}
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+En otras palabras, @code{\tweak} no se comporta como una articulación
+en cuando a la sintaxis; concretamente, no se puede adjuntar con
+@code{^} y @code{_}.
+
+Usando Scheme, se puede dar un rodeo a este problema. La ruta hacia
+el resultado se da en @ref{Adding articulation to notes (example)},
+especialmente cómo usar @code{\displayMusic} como guía de ayuda.
+
+@example
+F = #(let ((m (make-music 'ArticulationEvent
+ 'articulation-type "flageolet")))
+ (set! (ly:music-property m 'tweaks)
+ (acons 'font-size -3
+ (ly:music-property m 'tweaks)))
+ m)
+
+\relative c'' @{
+ c4^\F c4_\F
+@}
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+Aquí, las propiedades @code{tweaks} del objeto flageolet @code{m}
+(creado con @code{make-music}) se extraen con
+@code{ly:music-property}, se antepone un nuevo par clave-valor para
+cambiar el tamaño de la tipografía a la lista de propiedades con la
+función de Scheme @code{acons}, y finalmente el resultado se escribe
+de nuevo con @code{set!}. El último elemento del bloque @code{let} es
+el valor de retorno, el propio @code{m}.
-@c -- SKELETON FILE --
+@node Difficult tweaks
+@section Difficult tweaks
+
+Hay un cierto número de tipos de ajustes difíciles.
+
+@itemize
+
+@item
+Un tipo de ajuste difícil es la apariencia de los objetos de
+extensión, como las ligaduras de expresión y de unión. Inicialmente,
+sólo se crea uno de estos objetos, y pueden ajustarse con el mecanismo
+normal. Sin embargo, en ciertos casos los objetos extensores cruzan
+los saltos de línea. Si esto ocurre, estos objetos se clonan. Se
+crea un objeto distinto por cada sistema en que se encuentra. Éstos
+son clones del objeto original y heredan todas sus propiedades,
+incluidos los @code{\override}s.
+
+En otras palabras, un @code{\override} siempre afecta a todas las
+piezas de un objeto de extensión fragmentado. Para cambiar sólo una
+parte de un extensor en el salto de línea, es necesario inmiscuirse en
+el proceso de formateado. El @emph{callback}
+@code{after-line-breaking} contiene el procedimiento Scheme que se
+llama después de que se han determinado los saltos de línea, y los
+objetos de presentación han sido divididos sobre los distintos
+sistemas.
+
+En el ejemplo siguiente, definimos un procedimiento
+@code{my-callback}. Este procedimiento
+
+@itemize
+@item
+determina si hemos sido divididos por los saltos de línea
+@item
+en caso afirmativo, reúne todos los objetos divididos
+@item
+comprueba si somos el último de los objetos divididos
+@item
+en caso afirmativo, establece @code{extra-offset}.
+@end itemize
+
+Este procedimiento se instala en @rinternals{Tie} (ligadura de unión),
+de forma que la última parte de la ligadura dividida se traslada hacia
+arriba.
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,ragged-right]
+#(define (my-callback grob)
+ (let* (
+ ; have we been split?
+ (orig (ly:grob-original grob))
+
+ ; if yes, get the split pieces (our siblings)
+ (siblings (if (ly:grob? orig)
+ (ly:spanner-broken-into orig) '() )))
+
+ (if (and (>= (length siblings) 2)
+ (eq? (car (last-pair siblings)) grob))
+ (ly:grob-set-property! grob 'extra-offset '(-2 . 5)))))
+
+\relative c'' {
+ \override Tie #'after-line-breaking =
+ #my-callback
+ c1 ~ \break c2 ~ c
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+@noindent
+Al aplicar este truco, la nueva función de callback
+@code{after-line-breaking} también debe llamar a la antigua
+@code{after-line-breaking}, si existe. Por ejemplo, si se usa con
+@code{Hairpin}, se debe llamar también a
+@code{ly:hairpin::after-line-breaking}.
+
+
+@item Algunos objetos no se pueden cambiar con @code{\override} por
+razones técnicas. Son ejemplos @code{NonMusicalPaperColumn} y
+@code{PaperColumn}. Se pueden cambiar con la función
+@code{\overrideProperty} que funciona de forma similar a @code{\once
+\override}, pero usa una sintaxis distinta.
+
+@example
+\overrideProperty
+#"Score.NonMusicalPaperColumn" % Nombre del grob
+#'line-break-system-details % Nombre de la propiedad
+#'((next-padding . 20)) % Valor
+@end example
+
+Observe, sin embargo, que @code{\override}, aplicado a
+@code{NoteMusicalPaperColumn} y a @code{PaperColumn}, aún funciona
+como se espera dentro de los bloques @code{\context}.
+
+@end itemize
@c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; -*-
@ignore
- Translation of GIT committish: 635c9ec04620eaf1303e3ab3c04c8a7d6e0a9fe4
+ Translation of GIT committish: 7c57f1469e057f25f5d7a7b75c18f33bb4e5bed9
When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@rglos{cadenza}.
Referencia de la notación:
-@c ref{Visibility of objects}
+@c ref{Controlling visibility of objects}
Fragmentos de código:
@rlsr{Rhythms}.
@funindex #'symbol
@cindex comillas en Scheme
-El apóstrofe @code{'} evita que el intérprete de Scheme sustituya
+El apóstrofo @code{'} evita que el intérprete de Scheme sustituya
@code{veintiCuatro} por @code{24}. En vez de esto, obtenemos el
nombre @code{veintiCuatro}.
terminología de Scheme, la pareja se llama @code{cons}, y sus dos
elementos se llaman @code{car} y @code{cdr} respectivamente.} se
introduce como @code{(primero . segundo)} y, como los símbolos, se deben
-preceder de un apóstrofe:
+preceder de un apóstrofo:
@example
\override TextScript #'extra-offset = #'(1 . 2)
@end example
Una lista se escribe encerrando sus elementos entre paréntesis, y
-añadiendo un apóstrofe. Por ejemplo,
+añadiendo un apóstrofo. Por ejemplo,
@example
#'(1 2 3)
números 1 y@tie{}2). Normalmente, las listas se interpretan como
cálculos, y el intérprete de Scheme sustituye el resultado del
cálculo. Para escribir una lista, detenemos la evaluación. Esto se
-hace precediendo la lista por un apóstrofe @code{'}. Así, para los
-cálculos no usamos ningún apóstrofe.
+hace precediendo la lista por un apóstrofo @code{'}. Así, para los
+cálculos no usamos ningún apóstrofo.
-Dentro de una lista o pareja precedida de apóstrofe, no hay necesidad
-de escribir ningún apóstrofe más. Lo siguiente es una pareja de
+Dentro de una lista o pareja precedida de apóstrofo, no hay necesidad
+de escribir ningún apóstrofo más. Lo siguiente es una pareja de
símbolos, una lista de símbolos y una lista de listas respectivamente:
@example
-@c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; -*-
+@c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; documentlanguage: es -*-
@ignore
- Translation of GIT committish: b1dea6f22a0a2f3d64bac14b38a2393879ed4b07
+ Translation of GIT committish: 541aafa12474496930f99f617890a944c3db4989
When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@menu
* Chorded notes::
+* Simultaneous expressions::
* Clusters::
@end menu
@cindex acordes
@cindex paréntesis en ángulo
+@cindex ángulo, paréntesis en
@cindex relativa, altura en acordes
+
@funindex <
@funindex >
@funindex <...>
Fragmentos de código:
@rlsr{Simultaneous notes}.
+@node Simultaneous expressions
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Simultaneous expressions
+
+Una o más expresiones musicales encerradas entre ángulos dobles se
+entienden como simultáneas. Si la primera expresión comienza con una
+sola nota o si toda la expresión simultánea aparece explícitamente
+dentro de una sola voz, la expresión completa se sitúa sobre un solo
+pentagrama; en caso contrario los elementos de la expresión simultánea
+se sitúan en pentagramas distintos.
+
+Los ejemplos siguientes muestran expresiones simultáneas sobre un solo
+pentagrama:
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
+\new Voice { % explicit single voice
+ << {a4 b g2} {d4 g c,2} >>
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
+% single first note
+a << {a4 b g} {d4 g c,} >>
+@end lilypond
+
+Esto puede ser de utilidad si las secciones siimultáneas tienen
+idénticas duraciones, pero se producirán errores si se intentan poner
+notas de distinta duración sobre la misma plica.
+
+El ejemplo siguiente muestra cómo las expresiones simultáneas pueden
+generar varios pentagramas de forma implícita:
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
+% no single first note
+<< {a4 b g2} {d4 g2 c,4} >>
+@end lilypond
+
+Aquí no hay problema en tener distintas duraciones.
+
@node Clusters
@unnumberedsubsubsec Clusters
@cindex cluster
@cindex racimo (cluster)
+
@funindex \makeClusters
@funindex makeClusters
dos acordes. En caso contrario aparecerán excesivamente estrechos.
Los clusters no llevan plica y por sí mismos no pueden indicar las
-duraciones. Los racimos separados necesitarían silencios de
-separación entre ellos.
+duraciones, pero la longitud del cluster que se imprime viene
+determinada por la duración de los acordes que lo definen. Los
+racimos separados necesitan silencios de separación entre ellos.
Los clusters no producen ninguna salida MIDI.
@cindex polifonía en un solo pentagrama
@cindex voz
@cindex letra asignada a una voz
+
@funindex \voiceOne
@funindex voiceOne
@funindex \voiceOne ... \voiceFour
@funindex \oneVoice
@funindex oneVoice
-La estructura básica del código necesario para obtener varias voces
+@strong{@i{Instanciar las voces explícitamente}}
+
+La estructura básica necesaria para obtener varias voces
independientes en un mismo pentagrama se ilustra en el ejemplo
siguiente:
>>
@end lilypond
-Aquí se crean explícitamente instancias de voces, que reciben un
-nombre. Las instrucciones @code{\voiceOne} ... @code{\voiceFour} (voz
-uno hasta voz cuatro) preparan las voces de manera que la primera y
-segunda voces llevan las plicas hacia arriba, las voces segunda y
-cuarta llevan las plicas hacia abajo, las cabezas de las notas en las
-voces tercera y cuarta se desplazan horizontalmente, y los silencios
-de las voces respectivas se desplazan también automáticamente para
-evitar las colisiones. Al utilizar la instrucción @code{\oneVoice}
-(una voz), todos los ajustes de las voces se devuelven al estado
-neutro de las direcciones que es típico de los pasajes de una sola
-voz.
-
-Podemos hacer que una voz esté en el mismo contexto @code{Voice} antes
-y después de un pasaje polifónico temporal. Por ejemplo, la
-construcción siguiente mantiene una voz activa a todo lo largo de la
-sección polifónica. Dicha voz es la primera dentro de la sección a
-dos voces, y la voz adicional es la voz segunda.
+Aquí se crean explícitamente instancias de voces, cada una de las
+cuales recibe un nombre. Las instrucciones @code{\voiceOne}
+... @code{\voiceFour} (voz uno hasta voz cuatro) preparan las voces de
+manera que la primera y segunda voces llevan las plicas hacia arriba,
+las voces segunda y cuarta llevan las plicas hacia abajo, las cabezas
+de las notas en las voces tercera y cuarta se desplazan
+horizontalmente, y los silencios de las voces respectivas se desplazan
+también automáticamente para evitar las colisiones. La instrucción
+@code{\oneVoice} (una voz) devuelve todos los ajustes de las voces al
+estado neutro predeterminado.
+
+@strong{@i{Pasajes polifónicos temporales}}
+
+Se puede crear un pasaje polifónico temporal con la construcción
+siguiente:
@example
-<< @{ \voiceOne ... @} \new Voice @{ \voiceTwo ... @} >> \oneVoice
+<< @{ \voiceOne ... @}
+ \new Voice @{ \voiceTwo ... @}
+>> \oneVoice
@end example
-Utilizando el nombre que la voz recibió en el momento de su creación,
-este método permite asignar la letra a una voz de manera consistente.
+Aquí, la primera expresión dentro de un pasaje polifónico temporal se
+coloca en el contexto @code{Voice} que estaba en uso inmediatamente
+antes del pasaje polifónico, y ese mismo contexto @code{Voice}
+continua después de la sección temporal. Otras expresiones dentro de
+los ángulos se asignan a distintas voces temporales. Esto permite
+asignar la letra de forma continua a una voz antes, durante y después
+de la sección polifónica:
@lilypond[quote, verbatim, relative=2]
<<
}
\new Voice {
\voiceTwo
- e d
+ d2
}
>>
\oneVoice
- e
+ e4
}
\new Lyrics \lyricsto "melody" {
This is my song.
>>
@end lilypond
-Aquí, las instrucciones @code{\voiceOne} y @code{\voiceTwo} ayudan a
-dejar claro qué ajustes recibe cada voz.
+Aquí, las instrucciones @code{\voiceOne} y @code{\voiceTwo} son
+necesarias para definir los ajustes de cada voz.
+
+@strong{@i{La construcción de la doble barra invertida}}
-Para imprimir varias voces en un solo pentagrama, se puede utilizar
-como método simplificado la construcción @code{<<@{...@} \\
-@{...@}>>}, en la que las dos (o más) voces se separan mediante una
-doble barra invertida. Nuestro primer ejemplo podría haberse
-tipografiado de la manera siguiente:
+La construcción @code{<< @{...@} \\ @{...@} >>}, en que las dos
+expresiones (o más) están separadas por doble barra invertida, se
+comporta de forma distinta a la construcción similar sin las dobles
+barras: @emph{todas} las expresiones dentro de esta construcción se
+asignan a contextos @code{Voice} nuevos. Estos contextos @code{Voice}
+nuevos se crean implícitamente y reciben los nombres fijos @code{"1"},
+@code{"2"}, etc.
+
+El primer ejemplo podría haberse tipografiado de la manera siguiente:
@lilypond[quote,relative=3,verbatim]
<<
>>
@end lilypond
-Esta sintaxis es más sencilla y se puede usar siempre que no nos
-importe que se creen nuevas voces temporales que después serán
-descartadas. Estas voces creadas implícitamente reciben ajustes
-equivalentes al efecto de las instrucciones @code{\voiceOne}
-... @code{\voiceFour}, en el orden en que aparecen en el código. En
-el siguiente ejemplo, la voz intermedia lleva las plicas hacia arriba,
-de manera que la introducimos en tercer lugar para que pase a ser la
-voz tres, que tiene las plicas hacia arriba tal y como queremos.
+Esta sintaxis se puede usar siempre que no nos importe que se creen
+nuevas voces temporales que después serán descartadas. Estas voces
+creadas implícitamente reciben ajustes equivalentes al efecto de las
+instrucciones @code{\voiceOne} ... @code{\voiceFour}, en el orden en
+que aparecen en el código.
+
+En el siguiente ejemplo, la voz intermedia lleva las plicas hacia
+arriba, de manera que la introducimos en tercer lugar para que pase a
+ser la voz tres, que tiene las plicas hacia arriba tal y como
+queremos. Se usan silencios de separación para evitar la aparición de
+silencios duplicados.
@lilypond[quote,relative=3,verbatim]
<<
- { r8 g g g g f16 es f8 d }
+ { r8 g g g g f16 ees f8 d }
\\
- { es,8 r es r d r d r }
+ { ees,8 r ees r d r d r }
\\
{ d'8 s c s bes s a s }
>>
@end lilypond
-@noindent
-A menudo se utilizan silencios espaciadores para evitar la aparición
-de un número excesivo de silencios, como se ha podido ver en el
-ejemplo anterior.
-
En todas las partituras excepto las más simples, se recomienda crear
-contextos @code{Voice} explícitos utilizando las instrucciones
-@code{\new} y @code{\context} como aparece explicado en
-@rlearning{Contexts and engravers} y @rlearning{Explicitly
+contextos @code{Voice} explícitos como aparece explicado en
+@rlearning{Contexts and engravers} y en @rlearning{Explicitly
instantiating voices}.
+@strong{@i{Duraciones idénticas}}
+
En el caso especial en que queremos tipografiar fragmentos de música
que discurre en paralelo y con las mismas duraciones, se pueden
combinar en un solo contexto de voz, formando así acordes. Para
-conseguirlo, incorpórelas dentro de una construcción de música
-simultánea y haga que ésta sea una voz explícita:
+conseguirlo, las incorporamos dentro de una construcción de música
+simultánea, dentro de una voz creada explícitamente:
@lilypond[quote,relative=2,verbatim]
\new Voice <<
@funindex mergeDifferentlyHeadedOff
-Las cabezas de notas con igual duración se combinan automáticamente,
-pero las que tienen duraciones distintas no se combinan. Los
-silencios que se encuentran en el lado opuesto de una plica se
-desplazan verticalmente.
+Las cabezas de notas que están en diferentes voces y tienen la misma
+altura, la misma forma de cabezaa, y dirección opuesta de la plica, se
+combinan automáticamente, pero las que tienen cabezas distintas o la
+misma dirección de la plica no se combinan. Los silencios que se
+encuentran en el lado opuesto de una plica en otra voz se desplazan
+verticalmente.
@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
<<
>>
@end lilypond
-La colisión del segundo compás se produce porque
-@code{\mergeDifferentlyHeadedOn} no es capaz de completar
-satisfactoriamente la combinación cuando se encuentran tres o más
-notas alineadas en la misma columna (de hecho, se obtiene una
-advertencia por este motivo). Para conseguir que la combinación
-funcione adecuadamente, aplique un @code{\shift} o desplazamiento a la
-nota que no se debe combinar. Aquí, se aplica @code{\shiftOn} para
-mover el sol agudo fuera de la columna, y entonces
-@code{\mergeDifferentlyHeadedOn} hace su trabajo correctamente.
+La blanca y la corchea en el comienzo del segundo compás no están
+correctamente combinadas porque @code{\mergeDifferentlyHeadedOn} no es
+capaz de completar satisfactoriamente la combinación cuando se
+encuentran tres o más notas alineadas en la misma columna, y en este
+caso se obtiene una advertencia. Para conseguir que la combinación
+funcione adecuadamente, se debe aplicar un @code{\shift} o
+desplazamiento a la nota que no se debe combinar. Aquí, se aplica
+@code{\shiftOn} para mover el sol agudo fuera de la columna, y
+entonces @code{\mergeDifferentlyHeadedOn} hace su trabajo
+correctamente.
@lilypond[quote,relative=2,verbatim]
<<
incorrecto a causa de la anchura diferente del símbolo de la cabeza de
la blanca.
-@c investigate! Sometimes it works, sometimes not. --FV
+@ignore
+@c TODO investigate! Sometimes it works, sometimes not. --FV
Los requisitos para combinar con éxito cabezas de nota distintas que
tienen también distinto puntillo, no están claros.
+@end ignore
No están contemplados los acordes en que la misma nota se presenta con
diferentes alteraciones accidentales dentro del mismo. En este caso
@c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; documentlanguage: es -*-
@c This file is part of lilypond.tely
@ignore
- Translation of GIT committish: 635c9ec04620eaf1303e3ab3c04c8a7d6e0a9fe4
+ Translation of GIT committish: 7c57f1469e057f25f5d7a7b75c18f33bb4e5bed9
When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
primera página se quede como está, o que se aumente en una unidad.
Predeterminado: @code{##f}.
+@ignore
+
+FIXME: this variable is used, but I don't know what it does. -pm
+@item blank-after-score-page-force
+@funindex blank-after-score-page-force
+
+Default: @code{2}.
+
+@end ignore
+
@item blank-last-page-force
@funindex blank-last-page-force
-@c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; -*-
+@c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; documentlanguage: es -*-
@ignore
- Translation of GIT committish: 635c9ec04620eaf1303e3ab3c04c8a7d6e0a9fe4
+ Translation of GIT committish: 541aafa12474496930f99f617890a944c3db4989
When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@cindex pentagrama único
@cindex percusión, pauta de
@cindex pauta de percusión
-@cindex Gregoriano, canto, pauta de transcripción de
+@cindex gregoriano, canto, pauta de transcripción de
@cindex rítmica, pauta
@cindex tablatura, pauta de
@c FIXME: remove when mentioned in NR 2.8
@code{GregorianTranscriptionStaff} crea una pauta para la notación
-moderna de canto Gregoriano. No muestra líneas divisorias.
+moderna de canto gregoriano. No muestra líneas divisorias.
@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
\new GregorianTranscriptionStaff { c4 d e f }
@c perhaps also an example of how to move it horizontally?
-@c TODO add snippet when ready
-@c @lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,texidoc,doctitle]
-@c {changing-the-tempo-without-a-visible-metronome-mark.ly}
-
-Para cambiar el tempo en la salida MIDI sin imprimir nada en la
-partitura, haga invisible la indicación metronómica:
-
-@example
-\once \override Score.MetronomeMark #'transparent = ##t
-@end example
-
-@c TODO add snippet when ready
-@c @lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,texidoc,doctitle]
-@c {creating-metronome-marks-in-markup-mode.ly}
-
-Para imprimir otras indicaciones de metrónomo, utilice estas
-instrucciones de marcado:
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,texidoc,doctitle]
+{changing-the-tempo-without-a-metronome-mark.ly}
-@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=1]
-c4^\markup {
- (
- \smaller \general-align #Y #DOWN \note #"16." #1
- =
- \smaller \general-align #Y #DOWN \note #"8" #1
- ) }
-@end lilypond
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,texidoc,doctitle]
+{creating-metronome-marks-in-markup-mode.ly}
Para ver más detalles, consulte @ref{Formatting text}.
flute = \relative c''' {
r2 cis2 r2 dis2
}
-\addQuote flute { \flute }
+\addQuote "flute" { \flute }
\new Voice \relative c'' {
\killCues {
@c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; -*-
@ignore
- Translation of GIT committish: 635c9ec04620eaf1303e3ab3c04c8a7d6e0a9fe4
+ Translation of GIT committish: 7c57f1469e057f25f5d7a7b75c18f33bb4e5bed9
When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@cindex alturas
@cindex notas
@cindex relativo, modo
-@cindex apóstrofe
+@cindex apóstrofo
@cindex comilla simple
@cindex coma
@cindex alteraciones y modo relativo
Para añadir intervalos mayores de tres espacios de pentagrama, podemos
elevar la @notation{octava} añadiendo una comilla simple @code{'} (o
-apóstrofe) a continuación del nombre de la nota. También podemos
+apóstrofo) a continuación del nombre de la nota. También podemos
bajar la octava escribiendo una coma @code{,} a continuación del
nombre de la nota.
@end lilypond
Como puede ver, escribir una melodía en clave de Sol implica escribir
-gran cantidad de apóstrofes @q{'} . Consideremos este fragmento de
+gran cantidad de apóstrofos @q{'} . Consideremos este fragmento de
Mozart:
@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
}
@end lilypond
-Todos estos apóstrofes hacen casi ilegible el código de entrada y será
+Todos estos apóstrofos hacen casi ilegible el código de entrada y será
origen de numerosos errores. Con @code{\relative}, el ejemplo
anterior es mucho más fácil de leer:
Como nota aparte, aunque una nota importante, observe que a causa de
que los valores de @code{font-shape} son símbolos, deben ir precedidos
-de un apóstrofe, @code{'}. Esa es la razón por la que se necesitan
-apóstrofes antes de @code{thickness} en el ejemplo anterior y en
+de un apóstrofo, @code{'}. Esa es la razón por la que se necesitan
+apóstrofos antes de @code{thickness} en el ejemplo anterior y en
@code{font-shape}. Los dos son también símbolos. Los símbolos son
nombres especiales que son conocidos por LilyPond internamente.
Algunos de ellos son nombres de propiedades, como @code{thickness} o
@tab Un número entero positivo
@tab @code{3}, @code{1}
@item Lista
- @tab Un conjunto de valores separados por espacios, encerrado entre paréntesis y precedido de un apóstrofe
+ @tab Un conjunto de valores separados por espacios, encerrado entre paréntesis y precedido de un apóstrofo
@tab @code{'(left-edge staff-bar)}, @code{'(1)},
@code{'(1.0 0.25 0.5)}
@item Marcado
@tab Cualquier valor decimal positivo o negativo
@tab @code{3.5}, @code{-2.45}
@item Pareja (de números)
- @tab Dos números separados por un @q{espacio . espacio}, encerrado entre paréntesis y precedido de un apóstrofe
+ @tab Dos números separados por un @q{espacio . espacio}, encerrado entre paréntesis y precedido de un apóstrofo
@tab @code{'(2 . 3.5)}, @code{'(0.1 . -3.2)}
@item Símbolo
- @tab Cualquiera del conjunto de símbolos permitidos para esa propiedad, precedido de un apóstrofe
+ @tab Cualquiera del conjunto de símbolos permitidos para esa propiedad, precedido de un apóstrofo
@tab @code{'italic}, @code{'inside}
@item Desconocido
@tab Un procedimiento o @code{#f} para no producir ninguna acción
@tab @code{bend::print}, @code{ly:text-interface::print},
@code{#f}
@item Vector
- @tab Una lista de tres elementos encerrados entre paréntesis y precedida de apóstrofe-almohadilla, @code{'#}.
+ @tab Una lista de tres elementos encerrados entre paréntesis y precedida de apóstrofo-almohadilla, @code{'#}.
@tab @code{'#(#t #t #f)}
@end multitable
@noindent
y de nuevo podemos comprobar que las barras de compás no son visibles.
-Observe que @emph{white} no viene precedido de un apóstrofe: no es un
+Observe que @emph{white} no viene precedido de un apóstrofo: no es un
símbolo, sino una @emph{función}. Cuando se invoca, proporciona la
lista de valores internos que se requieren para establecer el color a
blanco. Los otros colores de la lista normal también son funciones.
@noindent
Observe que en este caso la función @code{x11-color} toma un símbolo
-como argumento, así que el símbolo debe ir precedido de un apóstrofe y
+como argumento, así que el símbolo debe ir precedido de un apóstrofo y
los dos deben ir entre paréntesis.
@cindex rgb, colores
@c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; documentlanguage: es -*-
@c This file is part of lilypond.tely
@ignore
- Translation of GIT committish: 635c9ec04620eaf1303e3ab3c04c8a7d6e0a9fe4
+ Translation of GIT committish: 541aafa12474496930f99f617890a944c3db4989
When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@funindex \upbow
@funindex \downbow
+@funindex \open
@cindex arco, indicaciones de
@cindex arco arriba, indicación
@cindex arco abajo, indicación
@cindex arriba, arco
@cindex abajo, arco
+@cindex al aire, indicación de cuerda
+@cindex cuerda al aire, indicación de
Las indicaciones de arco se crean como articulaciones, que se
-describen en @ref{Articulations and ornamentations}. Las
-instrucciones de arco @code{\upbow} (arco arriba) y @code{\downbow}
-(arco abajo) se usan con ligaduras de expresión de la siguiente
-manera:
+describen en @ref{Articulations and ornamentations}.
+
+Las instrucciones de arco @code{\upbow} (arco arriba) y
+@code{\downbow} (arco abajo) se usan con ligaduras de expresión de la
+siguiente manera:
@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
c4(\downbow d) e(\upbow f)
@end lilypond
+@noindent
+y el ejemplo siguiente muestra tres formas distintas de indicar un La
+sobre una cuerda al aire del violín:
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
+a4 \open
+a^\markup { \teeny "II" }
+a2^\markup { \small "sul A" }
+@end lilypond
+
+@predefined
+@code{\downbow},
+@code{\upbow},
+@code{\open}.
+
@seealso
Referencia de la notación:
- <p><i>Dernière mise à jour Mon Oct 6 20:03:36 UTC 2008
+ <p><i>Dernière mise à jour Thu Oct 16 21:38:37 UTC 2008
</i></p>
<html>
<!-- This page is automatically generated by translation-status.py from
<td>pré-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>1.2 Rythme<br>(6714)</td>
+ <td>1.2 Rythme<br>(6312)</td>
<td>Frédéric Chiasson</td>
<td>Valentin Villenave<br>
Jean-Charles Malahieude</td>
<td>pré-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>1.3 Signes d'interprétation<br>(1097)</td>
+ <td>1.3 Signes d'interprétation<br>(1110)</td>
<td>Valentin Villenave</td>
<td>Jean-Charles Malahieude<br>
John Mandereau</td>
<td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">oui</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #ff6f57">partiellement</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #ff7257">partiellement</span></td>
<td>pré-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
<td>pré-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>1.5 Notes simultanées<br>(1281)</td>
+ <td>1.5 Notes simultanées<br>(1452)</td>
<td>Frédéric Chiasson<br>
Valentin Villenave</td>
<td>Jean-Charles Malahieude<br>
<td>pré-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>1.6 Notation sur la portée<br>(1767)</td>
+ <td>1.6 Notation sur la portée<br>(1690)</td>
<td>Valentin Villenave<br>
Jean-Charles Malahieude</td>
<td>John Mandereau</td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">partiellement (85 %)</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">partiellement (71 %)</span></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #ff6d58">partiellement</span></td>
<td>pré-GDP</td>
</tr>
<td>pré-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>1.8 Texte<br>(2412)</td>
+ <td>1.8 Texte<br>(2410)</td>
<td>Jean-Charles Malahieude</td>
<td>Valentin Villenave<br>
John Mandereau</td>
<td>pré-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>2.1 Musique vocale<br>(2937)</td>
+ <td>2.1 Musique vocale<br>(2679)</td>
<td>Valentin Villenave</td>
<td>Jean-Charles Malahieude</td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">partiellement (97 %)</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">partiellement (56 %)</span></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #ff6d58">partiellement</span></td>
<td>pré-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>2.2 Instruments à clavier<br>(679)</td>
+ <td>2.2 Keyboard and other multi-staff instruments<br>(679)</td>
<td>Valentin Villenave</td>
<td>Jean-Charles Malahieude<br>
John Mandereau</td>
<td>pré-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>2.3 Cordes non frettées<br>(463)</td>
+ <td>2.3 Cordes non frettées<br>(234)</td>
<td>Valentin Villenave</td>
<td>Jean-Charles Malahieude<br>
John Mandereau</td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">partiellement (46 %)</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">partiellement (16 %)</span></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #ff6d58">partiellement</span></td>
<td>pré-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>2.4 Instruments à cordes frettées<br>(1509)</td>
+ <td>2.4 Instruments à cordes frettées<br>(1748)</td>
<td>Valentin Villenave</td>
<td>Jean-Charles Malahieude<br>
John Mandereau</td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">partiellement (15 %)</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">partiellement (16 %)</span></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #ff6d58">partiellement</span></td>
<td>pré-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>2.5 Percussions<br>(806)</td>
+ <td>2.5 Percussions<br>(810)</td>
<td>Valentin Villenave</td>
<td>Jean-Charles Malahieude<br>
John Mandereau</td>
<td>pré-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>2.8 Notations anciennes<br>(4260)</td>
+ <td>2.8 Notations anciennes<br>(4240)</td>
<td>John Mandereau<br>
Jean-Charles Malahieude</td>
<td></td>
<td>pré-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>3 General input and output<br>(5605)</td>
+ <td>3 General input and output<br>(5661)</td>
<td>Jean-Charles Malahieude<br>
Valentin Villenave</td>
<td></td>
<td>pré-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>4 Gestion de l'espace<br>(8303)</td>
+ <td>4 Gestion de l'espace<br>(8297)</td>
<td>Frédéric Chiasson<br>
Jean-Charles Malahieude</td>
<td></td>
<td>pré-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>5 Modification des réglages prédéfinis<br>(11025)</td>
+ <td>5 Modification des réglages prédéfinis<br>(11197)</td>
<td>Valentin Villenave</td>
<td>Gilles Thibault</td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">partiellement (33 %)</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">partiellement (34 %)</span></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #ff9a4e">partiellement</span></td>
<td>pré-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>6 Interfaces pour les programmeurs<br>(5203)</td>
+ <td>6 Interfaces pour les programmeurs<br>(5202)</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #d0f0f8">non</span></td>
@c Translators: Valentin Villenave
@c Translation checkers: Jean-Charles Malahieude, John Mandereau
-@node Keyboard instruments
-@section Keyboard instruments
+@node Keyboard and other multi-staff instruments
+@section Keyboard and other multi-staff instruments
@menu
* Common notation for keyboards::
* Piano::
* Accordion::
+* Harp::
@end menu
@node Common notation for keyboards
@ifnothtml
@englishref
@end ifnothtml
+
+@node Harp
+@subsection Harp
+
+@untranslated
l'écriture pour les cordes frottées.
@menu
-* Common notation for unfretted strings::
-* Bowed instruments::
-* Plucked instruments::
+* Common notation for unfretted strings::
@end menu
@node Common notation for unfretted strings
@untranslated
@menu
-* References for unfretted strings::
+* References for unfretted strings::
+* Bowing indications::
+* Harmonics::
+* Snap (Bartók) pizzicato::
@end menu
@node References for unfretted strings
@untranslated
-@node Bowed instruments
-@subsection Bowed instruments
+@node Bowing indications
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Bowing indications
@untranslated
-@menu
-* References for bowed strings::
-@end menu
-
-@node References for bowed strings
-@unnumberedsubsubsec References for bowed strings
+@node Harmonics
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Harmonics
@cindex harmoniques
une note donnée. Le son émis sera un harmonique, que l'on peut indiquer
par @code{\harmonic}.
-@lilypond[ragged-right,verbatim,quote,fragment,relative=1]
-<c g'\harmonic>4
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=1]
+<e a\harmonic>2 <c g'\harmonic>
@end lilypond
-@node Plucked instruments
-@subsection Plucked instruments
-
-@untranslated
-
-@menu
-* Harp::
-@end menu
-
-@node Harp
-@unnumberedsubsubsec Harp
+@node Snap (Bartók) pizzicato
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Snap (Bartók) pizzicato
@untranslated
-
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: de\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-10-06 22:02+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-09-24 21:30+0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-10-16 23:37+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-10-11 16:35+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Till Rettig <till.rettig@gmx.de>\n"
"Language-Team: de\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Diese Seite ist für %(package_name)s-%(package_version)s (%(branch_str)s)."
#: postprocess_html.py:47
-#, fuzzy, python-format
+#, python-format
msgid ""
"Your <a href=\"%(suggest_Docs_url)s\">suggestions for the documentation</a> "
"are welcome, please report errors to our <a href=\"%(mail_address_url)s"
"\">bug list</a>."
msgstr ""
"Ihre <a href=\"%(suggest_Docs_url)s\">Vorschläge für die Dokumentation</a> "
-"sind willkommen."
+"sind willkommen. Bitte melden Sie Probleme und Fehler an unsere <a·href=\"%"
+"(mail_address_url)s\">Fehler-Liste</a>."
#: postprocess_html.py:59
#, python-format
msgid "About <A HREF=\"%s\">automatic language selection</A>."
msgstr "Über die <A HREF=\"%s\">automatische Sprachauswahl</A>."
-#: postprocess_html.py:300
+#: postprocess_html.py:315
msgid "stable-branch"
msgstr "stabiler Zweig"
-#: postprocess_html.py:302
+#: postprocess_html.py:317
msgid "development-branch"
msgstr "Entwicklungszweig"
msgstr "Top"
#. @top in Documentation/user/lilypond-learning.tely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "GNU LilyPond --- Learning Manual"
msgstr "GNU LilyPond -- Das Handbuch zum Lernen"
#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "foo"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "foo"
#. @node in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @chapter in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/pitches.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/pitches.itely
msgid "interval"
msgstr "Intervalle"
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/pitches.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/pitches.itely
msgid "sharp"
msgstr "Kreuz"
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/pitches.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/pitches.itely
msgid "flat"
msgstr "B"
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/pitches.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/pitches.itely
msgid "double sharp"
msgstr "Doppelkreuz"
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/pitches.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/pitches.itely
msgid "double flat"
msgstr "Doppel-B"
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/pitches.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/pitches.itely
msgid "Pitch names"
msgstr "Tonhöhenbezeichnungen"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "anacrusis"
msgstr "Auftakt"
msgstr "Nach der Übung"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:361 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1137 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1179 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1222 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1264 (variable)
msgid "melody"
msgstr "Melodie"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:362 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:960 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1142 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1183 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1045 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1227 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1268 (variable)
msgid "text"
msgstr "Text"
"Stimme·\\\"1\\\"··············Stimme·\\\"2\\\" Stimme \\\"3\\\""
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:711 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:685 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:710 (comment)
#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:737 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:762 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:789 (comment)
msgid "Bar 1"
msgstr "Takt 1"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:722 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:690 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:715 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:743 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:742 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:767 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:795 (comment)
msgid "Bar 2"
msgstr "Takt 2"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1242 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2646 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3178 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:731 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:498 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:783 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:496 (variable)
msgid "global"
msgstr "global"
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/fundamental.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/pitches.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/fundamental.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/pitches.itely
msgid "ambitus"
msgstr "Tonumfang"
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
+#. @subheading in Documentation/de/user/tweaks.itely
msgid "padding property"
msgstr "padding (Fülleigenschafte)"
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
+#. @subheading in Documentation/de/user/tweaks.itely
msgid "left-padding and right-padding"
msgstr ""
"left-padding (Verschieben nach rechts) und right-padding (Verschieben nach "
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
+#. @subheading in Documentation/de/user/tweaks.itely
msgid "staff-padding property"
msgstr "staff-padding (Systemfüllungseigenschaft)"
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
+#. @subheading in Documentation/de/user/tweaks.itely
msgid "self-alignment-X property"
msgstr "self-alignment-X (Selbstausrichtung-X-Eigenschaft)"
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
+#. @subheading in Documentation/de/user/tweaks.itely
msgid "staff-position property"
msgstr "staff-position (Position innerhalb des Systems)"
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
+#. @subheading in Documentation/de/user/tweaks.itely
msgid "extra-offset property"
msgstr "extra-offset (Genaues Positionieren)"
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
+#. @subheading in Documentation/de/user/tweaks.itely
msgid "positions property"
msgstr "Ausrichtungseigenschaft"
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
+#. @subheading in Documentation/de/user/tweaks.itely
msgid "Tying notes across voices"
msgstr "Noten zwischen unterschiedlichen Stimmen überbinden"
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
+#. @subheading in Documentation/de/user/tweaks.itely
msgid "Simulating a fermata in MIDI"
msgstr "Eine Fermate in MIDI simulieren"
#. @appendixsec in Documentation/fr/user/scheme-tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/scheme-tutorial.itely
#. @appendixsec in Documentation/es/user/scheme-tutorial.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/scheme-tutorial.itely
+#. @appendixsec in Documentation/de/user/scheme-tutorial.itely
msgid "Tweaking with Scheme"
msgstr "Optimierungen mit Scheme"
msgstr "Anhang: Wie kann die Lizenz für eigene Dokumente verwendet werden"
#. @top in Documentation/user/lilypond-program.tely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "GNU LilyPond --- Application Usage"
msgstr "GNU LilyPond -- Die Programmbenutzung"
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/install.itely
msgid "Useful @command{make} variables"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Nützliche @command{make}-Variablen"
#. @node in Documentation/user/install.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/install.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/setup.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/setup.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/setup.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Setup for MacOS X"
-msgstr "Anmerkungen für MacOS X"
+msgstr "Einrichtung für MacOS X"
#. @subsubheading in Documentation/user/setup.itely
#. @subsubheading in Documentation/es/user/setup.itely
msgid "Using Python scripts on MacOS 10.3 or 10.4"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Benutzung von Python-Skripten unter MacOS 10.3 oder 10.4"
#. @subsubheading in Documentation/user/setup.itely
#. @subsubheading in Documentation/es/user/setup.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "MacOS X on the command line"
msgstr "MacOS X auf der Kommandozeile"
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/running.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/running.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Invoking @command{lilypond}"
-msgstr "@command{lilypond-book} aufrufen"
+msgstr "@command{lilypond} aufrufen"
#. @node in Documentation/user/running.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/running.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Command line options for lilypond"
-msgstr "Optionen auf der Kommandozeile"
+msgstr "Optionen von lilypond auf der Kommandozeile"
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/running.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/running.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Command line options for @command{lilypond}"
-msgstr "Optionen auf der Kommandozeile"
+msgstr "Optionen auf der Kommandozeile für @command{lilypond}"
#. @node in Documentation/user/running.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/running.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/running.itely
#. @section in Documentation/es/user/running.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Updating files with @command{convert-ly}"
msgstr "Dateien mit @command{convert-ly} aktualisieren"
#. @node in Documentation/user/running.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/running.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Command line options for convert-ly"
-msgstr "Optionen auf der Kommandozeile"
+msgstr "Optionen von convert-ly auf der Kommandozeile"
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/running.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/running.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Command line options for @command{convert-ly}"
-msgstr "Dateien mit @command{convert-ly} aktualisieren"
+msgstr "Optionen von @command{convert-ly} auf der Kommandozeile"
#. @node in Documentation/user/running.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/running.itely
msgstr "LilyPond-Dateien erstellen"
#. @top in Documentation/user/lilypond.tely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "GNU LilyPond --- Notation Reference"
-msgstr "GNU LilyPond -- Das Notationsprogramm"
+msgstr "GNU LilyPond -- Die Notationsreferenz"
#. @chapheading in Documentation/user/lilypond.tely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "The music typesetter"
-msgstr "GNU LilyPond -- Das Notensatzprogramm"
+msgstr "Das Notensatzprogramm"
#. @node in Documentation/user/lilypond.tely
#. @appendix in Documentation/user/lilypond.tely
msgid "Musical notation"
msgstr "Musikalische Notation"
-#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:651 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:654 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/input.itely:997 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/input.itely:1016 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/input.itely:1053 (variable)
msgid "music"
msgstr "Noten"
-#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:1028 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:1031 (comment)
msgid "not strictly necessary, but a good reminder"
msgstr "nicht unbdingt nötig, aber gut zu erinnern"
-#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:1120 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:1123 (variable)
msgid "musicA"
msgstr "NotenA"
-#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:1134 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:1137 (variable)
msgid "musicB"
msgstr "NotenB"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/pitches.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/pitches.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/pitches.itely
msgid "fifth"
msgstr "Quinte"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/pitches.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/pitches.itely
msgid "quarter tone"
msgstr "Viertelton"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/pitches.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/pitches.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/pitches.itely
msgid "church mode"
msgstr "Kirchentonart"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/pitches.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/pitches.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/pitches.itely
msgid "scordatura"
msgstr "Skordatur"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/pitches.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/pitches.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/pitches.itely
msgid "octavation"
msgstr "Oktavierung"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/pitches.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/pitches.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/pitches.itely
msgid "concert pitch"
msgstr "Kammerton"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/pitches.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/pitches.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/pitches.itely
msgid "transposing instrument"
msgstr "Transponierende Instrumente"
msgid "This is correct and works"
msgstr "Das stimmt und funktioniert"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:916 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:894 (comment)
msgid "Default style"
msgstr "Standardstil"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:919 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:897 (comment)
msgid "Change to numeric style"
msgstr "Wechsel zum nummerierten Stil"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:923 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:901 (comment)
msgid "Revert to default style"
msgstr "Zurück zum Standard"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1115 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:931 (comment)
+msgid "auto beam on 1/4 note groups\t"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:933 (comment)
+msgid "no defined auto-beaming for this time sig"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:937 (comment)
+msgid "keep 3/4 beaming "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:938 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "due to beatLength"
+msgstr "und Textlänge berücksichtigen"
+
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:940 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "beam on 1/8 notes"
+msgstr "Ende RH-Noten"
+
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:943 (comment)
+msgid "beam on 3/16, 7/16, 9/16, 12/16"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1103 (comment)
msgid "Show all bar numbers"
msgstr "Alle Taknummern anzeigen"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1225 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1213 (comment)
msgid "Now each staff has its own time signature."
msgstr "Jetzt hat jedes System eine eigene Taktart"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1261 (comment)
-msgid "Create 9/8 split into 2/4 + 5/8"
-msgstr "Erstelle 9/8 als 2/4 + 5/8"
-
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1262 (variable)
-msgid "tsMarkup"
-msgstr "Taktangabe"
-
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1558 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1518 (comment)
msgid "Set beam sub-group length to an eighth note"
msgstr "Balkenuntergruppenlänge als Achtel definieren"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1561 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1521 (comment)
msgid "Set beam sub-group length to a sixteenth note"
msgstr "Balkenuntergruppenlänge als Sechszehntel definieren"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1698 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1658 (comment)
msgid "end 1/16 beams for all time signatures at the 1/16 moment"
msgstr "1/16-Balken für alle Taktarten beim 1/16-Moment beenden"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1702 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1662 (comment)
msgid "end 1/32 beams for all time signatures at the 1/16 moment"
msgstr "1/23-Balken für alle Taktarten beim 1/16-Moment beenden"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1712 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1672 (comment)
msgid "end beams of all durations in 5/8 time signature at the 2/8 moment"
msgstr "Balken aller Längen im 5/8-Takt am 2/8-Moment beenden"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1741 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1701 (comment)
msgid "undo a rule ending 1/16 beams in 4/4 time at 1/4 moment"
msgstr "Regel annullieren, dass 1/16-Balken im 4/4-Takt am 1/4-Moment enden"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1754 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1714 (comment)
msgid "this won't revert it!"
msgstr "Das macht es nicth rückgängig"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1756 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1716 (comment)
msgid "this will"
msgstr "Das schon"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1936 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1895 (comment)
msgid "revert to non-feathered beams"
msgstr "in nichtgespreizte Balken zurückverwandeln"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2165 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2181 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2124 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2140 (comment)
msgid "Permit first bar number to be printed"
msgstr "Erste Taktnummer soll auch gesetzt werden"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2182 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2230 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2141 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2189 (comment)
msgid "Print a bar number every second measure"
msgstr "Jeden zweiten Takt eine Taktnummer setzen"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2198 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2157 (comment)
msgid "Prevent bar numbers at the end of a line and permit them elsewhere"
msgstr "Taktnummern am Zeilenende verbieten und woanders erlauben"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2202 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2228 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2161 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2187 (comment)
msgid "Increase the size of the bar number by 2"
msgstr "Taktnummer um Faktor zwei vergrößern"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2206 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2165 (comment)
msgid "Draw a box round the following bar number(s)"
msgstr "Einen Kasten um die folgenden Taktnummern zeichnen"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2211 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2170 (comment)
msgid "Draw a circle round the following bar number(s)"
msgstr "Einen Kreis um die folgenden Taktnummern zeichnen"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2233 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2192 (comment)
msgid "Center-align bar numbers"
msgstr "Taktnummern zentrieren"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2236 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2195 (comment)
msgid "Right-align bar numbers"
msgstr "Taktnummern rechtsbündig"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2339 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2298 (variable)
msgid "pipeSymbol"
msgstr "pipeSymbol"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2731 (variable)
-#, fuzzy
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2685 (variable)
msgid "MyCadenza"
-msgstr "Kadenz"
+msgstr "MeineKadenz"
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Time administration"
msgstr "Verwaltung der Zeiteinheiten"
-#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:387 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:455 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:388 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:456 (variable)
msgid "moltoF"
msgstr "moltoF"
-#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:408 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:438 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:409 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:439 (variable)
msgid "roundF"
msgstr "rundF"
-#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:410 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:442 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:411 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:443 (variable)
msgid "boxF"
msgstr "KastenF"
-#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:425 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:426 (variable)
msgid "sfzp"
msgstr "sfzp"
-#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:443 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:444 (variable)
msgid "roundFdynamic"
msgstr "rundFDynamik"
-#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:444 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:445 (variable)
msgid "boxFdynamic"
msgstr "KastenFDynamik"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "al niente"
-msgstr "halbe Note"
+msgstr "al niente"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
msgid "Breath marks"
msgstr "Atemzeichen"
+#. @rglos in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
+msgid "caesura"
+msgstr ""
+
#. @node in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
msgid "fall"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Glissando nach unten"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "doit"
-msgstr "doits"
+msgstr "doit"
#. @node in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/repeats.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/repeats.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/repeats.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/repeats.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/repeats.itely
msgid "Long repeats"
msgstr "Lange Wiederholungen"
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/repeats.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/repeats.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/repeats.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/repeats.itely
msgid "Normal repeats"
msgstr "Normale Wiederholungen"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/repeats.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/repeats.itely
msgid "repeat"
msgstr "Wiederholungen"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/repeats.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/repeats.itely
msgid "volta"
msgstr "Volta-Klammer"
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/repeats.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/repeats.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/repeats.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/repeats.itely
msgid "Manual repeat marks"
msgstr "Manuelle Wiederholungszeichen"
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/repeats.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/repeats.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/repeats.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/repeats.itely
msgid "Written-out repeats"
msgstr "Ausgeschriebene Wiederholungen"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/repeats.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/repeats.itely
msgid "percent repeat"
msgstr "Prozent-Wiederholung"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/repeats.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/repeats.itely
msgid "simile"
msgstr "gleichartig"
msgid "Tremolo repeats"
msgstr "Tremolo-Wiederholung"
-#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:565 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:93 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "explicit single voice"
+msgstr "Stimmen explizit beginnen"
+
+#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:99 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "single first note"
+msgstr "Notation auf einem System"
+
+#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:111 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "no single first note"
+msgstr "Erste Stimme einrichten"
+
+#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:617 (variable)
msgid "instrumentOne"
msgstr "InstrumentEins"
-#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:573 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:625 (variable)
msgid "instrumentTwo"
msgstr "InstrumentZwei"
-#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:749 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:801 (comment)
msgid "Bar 3 ..."
msgstr "Takt 3 ..."
msgid "Chorded notes"
msgstr "Noten mit Akkorden"
+#. @node in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Simultaneous expressions"
+msgstr "Gleichzeitig erscheinende Noten"
+
#. @node in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/simultaneous.itely
msgid "Writing music in parallel"
msgstr "Musik parallel notieren"
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1117 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1132 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1286 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1097 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1112 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1266 (variable)
msgid "flute"
msgstr "Flöte"
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1148 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1128 (variable)
msgid "clarinet"
msgstr "Klarinette"
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1237 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1258 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1217 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1238 (variable)
msgid "oboe"
msgstr "Oboe"
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1307 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1287 (variable)
msgid "piccolo"
msgstr "Piccolo"
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1315 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1295 (variable)
msgid "cbassoon"
msgstr "Ktrfgt"
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/staff.itely
#. @section in Documentation/de/user/staff.itely
msgid "Staff notation"
-msgstr "Notation innerhalb eines Systems"
+msgstr "Notation auf Systemen"
#. @node in Documentation/user/staff.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/staff.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/staff.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/staff.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/staff.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Nested staff groups"
-msgstr "Tief verschachtelte Notensysteme"
+msgstr "Verschachtelte Notensysteme"
#. @node in Documentation/user/staff.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/staff.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/text.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Fonts explained"
-msgstr "Was sind Umgebungen?"
+msgstr "Was sind Schriftarten"
#. @node in Documentation/user/text.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/text.itely
msgid "Specialist notation"
msgstr "Spezielle Notation"
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:416 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:509 (comment)
msgid "not recommended: left aligns syllables "
msgstr "nicht empfohlen: Silben links ausrichten"
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:419 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:512 (comment)
msgid "wrong: durations needed"
msgstr "Falsch: brache Dauern"
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:422 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:515 (comment)
msgid "correct"
msgstr "richtig"
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:755 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:847 (variable)
msgid "voice"
msgstr "Stimme"
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:762 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:854 (variable)
msgid "lyr"
msgstr "Text"
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1027 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1112 (comment)
msgid "applies to \\\"fas\\\""
msgstr "gehört zu \\\"fas\\\""
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1197 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1282 (comment)
msgid "moves the column off the left margin; "
msgstr "Kolumne vom linken Rand wegbewegen"
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1198 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1283 (comment)
msgid "can be removed if space on the page is tight"
msgstr "Kann entfernt werden, wenn wenig Platz auf der Seite ist"
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1206 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1224 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1291 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1309 (comment)
msgid "adds vertical spacing between verses"
msgstr "Vertikaler Abstand zwischen Strophen"
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1214 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1299 (comment)
msgid "adds horizontal spacing between columns; "
msgstr "Vertikaler Abstand zwischen Strophen"
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1215 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1300 (comment)
msgid "if they are still too close, add more \\\" \\\" pairs "
msgstr "Wenn sie immer noch zu eng sind, mehr \\\" \\\"-Paare hinzufügen"
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1216 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1301 (comment)
msgid "until the result looks good"
msgstr "bis das Resultat gut aussieht"
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1232 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1317 (comment)
msgid "gives some extra space on the right margin; "
msgstr "zusätzlichen Platz für den rechten Rand"
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1233 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1318 (comment)
msgid "can be removed if page space is tight"
msgstr "kann entfernt werden, wenn wenig Platz auf der Seite ist"
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "Entering lyrics"
-msgstr "Eingabe von Text"
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Common notation for vocal music"
+msgstr "Übliche Notation für Gesang"
#. @node in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Lyrics explained"
-msgstr "Was sind Umgebungen?"
+msgid "References for vocal music and lyrics"
+msgstr "Referenz für Musiktexte"
#. @node in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "Working with lyrics and variables"
-msgstr "Mit Gesangtexten und Bezeichnern arbeiten"
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Opera"
+msgstr "oben"
#. @node in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "References for vocal music"
-msgstr "Referenz für Musiktexte"
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Song books"
+msgstr "Lieder"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Spoken music"
+msgstr "Das Kopieren von existierender Musik"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+msgid "Chants"
+msgstr "Hymnen"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Ancient vocal music"
+msgstr "Schlüssel Alter Musik"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+msgid "Entering lyrics"
+msgstr "Eingabe von Text"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+msgid "Lyrics explained"
+msgstr "Was ist Gesangtext"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+msgid "Working with lyrics and variables"
+msgstr "Mit Gesangtexten und Bezeichnern arbeiten"
#. @node in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Specific uses of lyrics"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Besonderheiten der Gesangtextnotation"
#. @node in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Lyrics independent of notes"
msgstr "Text unabhängig von den Noten"
-#. @node in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "Chants"
-msgstr "Hymnen"
-
#. @node in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. Documentation/user/keyboards.itely:391 (comment)
msgid "prevent beaming as needed"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Balken verhindern"
#. @node in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/keyboards.itely
#. @section in Documentation/es/user/keyboards.itely
-#, fuzzy
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/keyboards.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/keyboards.itely
msgid "Keyboard and other multi-staff instruments"
-msgstr "Tasteninstrumente"
+msgstr "Tasteninstrumente und andere Instrumente mit mehreren Systemen"
#. @node in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/keyboards.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/keyboards.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/keyboards.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/keyboards.itely
msgid "Harp"
msgstr "Harfe"
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/unfretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/unfretted-strings.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-#, fuzzy
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
msgid "Bowing indications"
-msgstr "Tempobezeichnung"
+msgstr "Bezeichnung des Bogens"
#. @node in Documentation/user/unfretted-strings.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-#, fuzzy
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
msgid "Harmonics"
-msgstr "Harmonien"
+msgstr "Flageolett"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-#, fuzzy
+#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
msgid "harmonics"
-msgstr "Harmonien"
+msgstr "Flageolett"
#. @node in Documentation/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Snap (Bartok) pizzicato"
+msgstr "Bartók-Pizzicato"
+
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
msgid "Snap (Bartók) pizzicato"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Bartók-Pizzicato"
-#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:223 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:238 (variable)
msgid "melodia"
msgstr "Melodie"
-#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:297 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:321 (variable)
msgid "mynotes"
msgstr "meineNoten"
-#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:412 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:448 (comment)
msgid "A chord for ukelele"
msgstr "Akkord für Ukulele"
-#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:704 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:723 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:752 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:777 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:801 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:837 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:768 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:791 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:820 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:849 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:873 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:917 (variable)
msgid "mychords"
msgstr "meineAkkorde"
-#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:727 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:795 (variable)
msgid "mychordlist"
msgstr "meineAkkordliste"
-#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:824 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:904 (comment)
msgid "add a new chord shape"
msgstr "Neues Akkordmuster hinzufügen"
-#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:828 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:908 (comment)
msgid "add some new chords based on the power chord shape"
msgstr "neue Akkorde basierend auf dem power-chord-Muster hinzufügen"
#. @node in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
msgid "Predefined fret diagrams"
msgstr "Vordefinierte Bund-Diagramme"
#. @node in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
msgid "Automatic fret diagrams"
msgstr "Automatische Bund-Diagramme"
msgstr "unten"
#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:385 (comment)
-#, fuzzy
msgid "These lines define the position of the woodblocks in the stave;"
-msgstr ""
-"Diese Zeilen definieren die Position der Holzblöcke auf dem System, sie "
-"können geändert werden"
+msgstr "Diese Zeilen definieren die Position der Holzblöcke auf dem System"
#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:386 (comment)
msgid "if you like, you can change it or you can use special note heads"
msgstr ""
+"Wenn Sie wollen, können Sie das ändern oder besondere Notenkönpfe benutzen"
#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:387 (comment)
msgid "for the woodblocks."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "für die Holzblöcke"
#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:391 (variable)
-#, fuzzy
msgid "woodstaff"
-msgstr "System"
+msgstr "System für Holz"
#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:392 (comment)
-#, fuzzy
msgid "This defines a staff with only two lines."
-msgstr ""
-"Definiert ein System mit zwei Linien. Auch die Position der zwei Linien wird "
-"festgelegt"
+msgstr "Definiert ein System mit zwei Linien."
#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:393 (comment)
-#, fuzzy
msgid "It also defines the positions of the two lines."
-msgstr ""
-"Definiert ein System mit zwei Linien. Auch die Position der zwei Linien wird "
-"festgelegt"
+msgstr "Auch die Position der zwei Linien wird festgelegt"
#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:396 (comment)
-#, fuzzy
msgid "This is neccessary; if not entered, the barline wuld be too short!"
-msgstr "notwendig. Wenn nicht angegeben, wird die Taktlinie zu kurz!"
+msgstr "Das ist notwendig. Wenn nicht angegeben, wird die Taktlinie zu kurz!"
#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:403 (comment)
-#, fuzzy
msgid "with this you load your new drum style table"
-msgstr "neue Trommelstil-Tabelle laden"
+msgstr "jetzt neue Trommelstil-Tabelle laden"
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:425 (variable)
-#, fuzzy
+#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:423 (variable)
msgid "tambustaff"
-msgstr "System"
+msgstr "Tambu-System"
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:433 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:431 (comment)
msgid "broken"
msgstr "broken"
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:434 (comment)
-msgid "\\set DrumStaff.drumStyleTable = #(alist->hash-table mydrums) "
+#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:432 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "\\set DrumStaff.drumStyleTable = #(alist->hash-table mydrums)"
msgstr "\\set DrumStaff.drumStyleTable = #(alist->hash-table mydrums) "
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:440 (comment)
-#, fuzzy
+#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:438 (comment)
msgid "the trick with the scaled duration and the shorter rest"
-msgstr ""
-"Trick mit der skalierten Dauer und der kürzeren Pause ist nötig,damit die "
-"Trillerspannweite richtig endet"
+msgstr "Trick mit der skalierten Dauer und der kürzeren Pause"
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:441 (comment)
-#, fuzzy
+#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:439 (comment)
msgid "is neccessary for the correct ending of the trill-span!"
-msgstr ""
-"Trick mit der skalierten Dauer und der kürzeren Pause ist nötig,damit die "
-"Trillerspannweite richtig endet"
+msgstr "ist·nötig,damit·die·Trillerspannweite·richtig·endet"
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:452 (variable)
-#, fuzzy
+#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:450 (variable)
msgid "tamtamstaff"
-msgstr "System"
+msgstr "tamtam-System"
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:474 (variable)
-#, fuzzy
+#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:472 (variable)
msgid "bellstaff"
-msgstr "System"
+msgstr "Glocken-System"
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:505 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:503 (variable)
msgid "drumsA"
msgstr "TrommelA"
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:520 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:518 (variable)
msgid "drumsB"
msgstr "TrommelB"
#. @node in Documentation/user/percussion.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/percussion.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/percussion.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/percussion.itely
msgid "Drum rolls"
msgstr "Trommelwirbel"
#. @node in Documentation/user/percussion.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/percussion.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/percussion.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/percussion.itely
msgid "Pitched percussion"
msgstr "Schlagzeug mit Tonhöhe"
#. @node in Documentation/user/percussion.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/percussion.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/percussion.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/percussion.itely
msgid "Custom percussion staves"
msgstr "Eigene Schlagzeugsysteme"
msgid "Displaying figured bass"
msgstr "Generalbass anzeigen"
-#. Documentation/user/ancient.itely:830 (variable)
-#, fuzzy
+#. Documentation/user/ancient.itely:821 (variable)
msgid "ficta"
-msgstr "Quinte"
+msgstr "ficta"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Overview of the supported styles"
-msgstr "Überblick über Textbeschriftungsbefehle"
+msgstr "Überblick über die unterstützten Stile"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Ancient notation---common features"
-msgstr "Vorlagen für alte Notation"
+msgstr "Alte Notation -- Allgemeines"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Figured bass support"
-msgstr "Generalbass"
+msgstr "Unterstützung für Generalbass"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Typesetting mensural music"
-msgstr "Das Kopieren von existierender Musik"
+msgstr "Mesurale Musik setzen"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Mensural clefs"
-msgstr "Mensural-Kontexte"
+msgstr "Mensurale Schlüssel"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Mensural time signatures"
-msgstr "Arabische Taktarten"
+msgstr "Mensurale Taktartenbezeichnungen"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Mensural note heads"
-msgstr "Besondere Notenköpfe"
+msgstr "Mensurale Notenköpfe"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Mensural flags"
-msgstr "Mensural-Kontexte"
+msgstr "Mensurale Fähnchen"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Mensural rests"
-msgstr "Mensural-Kontexte"
+msgstr "Mensurale Pausen"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Mensural accidentals and key signatures"
-msgstr "Versetzungszeichen und Tonartbezeichnung (Vorzeichen)"
+msgstr "Mensurale Versetzungszeichen und Tonartbezeichnung"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#, fuzzy
+msgid "Annotational accidentals (musica ficta)"
+msgstr "Vorgeschlagene Versetzungszeichen (@emph{musica ficta})"
+
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Annotational accidentals (@emph{musica ficta})"
-msgstr "Vorgeschlagene Versetzungszeichen"
+msgstr "Vorgeschlagene Versetzungszeichen (@emph{musica ficta})"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Typesetting Gregorian chant"
-msgstr "Gregorianischen Choral transkribieren"
+msgstr "Gregorianischen Choral setzen"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Gregorian clefs"
-msgstr "Gregorianische Gesangs-Kontexte"
+msgstr "Gregorianische Schlüssel"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Gregorian accidentals and key signatures"
-msgstr "Versetzungszeichen und Tonartbezeichnung (Vorzeichen)"
+msgstr "Gregorianische Versetzungszeichen und Tonartbezeichnung"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Gregorian articulation signs"
-msgstr "Artikulationszeichen Alter Musik"
+msgstr "Artikulationszeichen des Gregorianischen Chorals"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Augmentum dots (@emph{morae})"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Augmentationspunkte (@emph{morae})"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Gregorian square neume ligatures"
msgstr "Ligaturen der gregorianischen Quadratnotation"
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Working with ancient music---scenarios and solutions"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Musiksatz Alter Musik in der Praxis -- Szenarien und Lösungen"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
msgstr "jetzt ist der Text näher am System"
#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:1721 (comment)
-#, fuzzy
msgid "by setting outside-staff-priority to a non-number,"
-msgstr "indem outside-staff-priority auf Nicht-Zahl gesetzt wird, "
+msgstr "indem outside-staff-priority auf Nicht-Zahl gesetzt wird,"
#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:1722 (comment)
msgid "we disable the automatic collision avoidance"
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/spacing.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/spacing.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Vertical dimensions"
-msgstr "Vertikale Abstände"
+msgstr "Vertikale Dimensionen"
#. @node in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/spacing.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/spacing.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Horizontal dimensions"
-msgstr "Horizontale Abstände"
+msgstr "Horizontale Dimensionen"
#. @node in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/spacing.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/spacing.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Other layout variables"
-msgstr "Weitere Gitarrenprobleme"
+msgstr "Weitere Layout-Variablen"
#. @node in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
msgid "Changing spacing"
msgstr "Abstände verändern"
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:1926 (comment)
-#, fuzzy
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:1974 (comment)
msgid "increase the length of the tie"
-msgstr "Taktnummer um Faktor zwei vergrößern"
+msgstr "Länge des Bindebogens vergrößern"
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:1935 (comment)
-#, fuzzy
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:1983 (comment)
msgid "increase the length of the rest bar"
-msgstr "Taktnummer um Faktor zwei vergrößern"
+msgstr "Länge des Pausentaktes vergrößern"
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:1943 (comment)
-#, fuzzy
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:1991 (comment)
msgid "increase the length of the hairpin"
-msgstr "Taktnummer um Faktor zwei vergrößern"
+msgstr "Länge der Crescendo-Klammer vergrößern"
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:1971 (comment)
-#, fuzzy
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2019 (comment)
msgid "default"
-msgstr "Standardstil"
+msgstr "Standard"
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:1974 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:1987 (comment)
-#, fuzzy
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2022 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2035 (comment)
msgid "not effective alone"
-msgstr "Auswahl der Schriftart"
+msgstr "allein keine Wirkung"
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:1978 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:1991 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2026 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2039 (comment)
msgid "effective only when both overrides are present"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "gilt nur, wenn beide \"override\" vorhanden sind"
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2372 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2420 (comment)
msgid "Remove bar line at the end of the current line"
msgstr "Taktlinie am Ende der Zeile entfernen"
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2418 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2466 (comment)
msgid "Try to remove all key signatures"
msgstr "Versuche alle Tonarten zu entfernen"
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2837 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2885 (comment)
msgid "move horizontally left"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "horizontal nach links verschieben"
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2839 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2887 (comment)
msgid "move vertically up"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "vertikal hochschieben"
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2840 (comment)
-#, fuzzy
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2888 (comment)
msgid "third finger"
-msgstr "Fingersatz der rechten Hand"
+msgstr "dritter Finger"
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2886 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2934 (comment)
msgid "the RehearsalMark will be centered above the Clef"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "RehearsalMark zentrieren über dem Schlüssel"
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2892 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2940 (comment)
msgid "the RehearsalMark will be centered above the TimeSignature"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "RehearsalMark zentrieren über der Taktart (TimeSignature)"
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2906 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2954 (comment)
msgid "The RehearsalMark will be centered above the KeySignature"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "RehearsalMark zentrieren über der Tonart (KeySignature)"
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2913 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2929 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2936 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2961 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2977 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2984 (comment)
msgid ""
"The RehearsalMark will be aligned with the left edge of the KeySignature"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "RehearsalMark mit der linken Ecke von KeySignature ausrichten"
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2918 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2966 (comment)
msgid ""
"The RehearsalMark will be aligned with the right edge of the KeySignature"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "RehearsalMark mit der rechten Ecke von KeySignature ausrichten"
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2930 (comment)
-#, fuzzy
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2978 (comment)
msgid "and then shifted right by 3.5 staff-spaces"
-msgstr "Breite um einen Linienabstand vergrößern"
+msgstr "nach rechts um 3,5 Linienabstände verschieben"
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2937 (comment)
-#, fuzzy
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2985 (comment)
msgid "and then shifted left by 2 staff-spaces"
-msgstr "Breite um einen Linienabstand vergrößern"
+msgstr "nach links um 2 Linienabstände verschieben"
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2986 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:3034 (variable)
msgid "XinO"
msgstr "XinO"
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Using the @code{spanner-interface}"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Das @code{spanner-interface} benutzen"
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Using the @code{line-spanner-interface}"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Das @code{line-spanner-interface} benutzen"
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Visibility of objects"
-msgstr "Sichtbarkeit und Farbe von Objekten"
+msgstr "Sichtbarkeit von Objekten"
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Setting @code{X-offset} and @code{Y-offset} directly"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "@code{X-offset} und @code{Y-offset} direkt setzen"
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Using the @code{side-position-interface}"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Das @code{side-position-interface} benutzen"
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Using the @code{self-alignment-interface}"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Das @code{self-alignment-interface} benutzen"
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Using the @code{aligned-on-parent} procedures"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Die @code{aligned-on-parent}-Prozeduren benutzen"
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Using the @code{centered-on-parent} procedures"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Die @code{centered-on-parent}-Prozeduren benutzen"
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Using the @code{break-aligned-interface}"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Das @{break-aligned-interface} benutzen"
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. Documentation/user/programming-interface.itely:352 (comment)
msgid "dummy action to deal with parser lookahead"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Belanglose Aktion um Vorausschau des Parsers zu umgehen"
#. @node in Documentation/user/programming-interface.itely
#. @chapter in Documentation/user/programming-interface.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/programming-interface.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/programming-interface.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/es/user/programming-interface.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/programming-interface.itely
msgid "Using Scheme code instead of @code{\\tweak}"
msgstr "Scheme-Code anstelle von @code{\tweak} verwenden"
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/programming-interface.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/programming-interface.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/es/user/programming-interface.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/programming-interface.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/programming-interface.itely
msgid "Difficult tweaks"
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tweaks.itely
#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/tweaks.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/tweaks.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/de/user/tweaks.itely
msgid "Common tweaks"
msgstr "Übliche Optimierungen"
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/repeats.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/repeats.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/repeats.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/repeats.itely
msgid "Repeat types"
msgstr "Wiederholungtypen"
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/repeats.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/repeats.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/repeats.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/repeats.itely
msgid "Repeat syntax"
msgstr "Die Syntax der Wiederholungen"
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/repeats.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/repeats.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/repeats.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/repeats.itely
msgid "Manual repeat commands"
msgstr "Manuelle Wiederholungsbefehle"
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/repeats.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/repeats.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/repeats.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/repeats.itely
msgid "Tremolo subdivisions"
msgstr "Tremolo-Unterteilung"
msgid "Basculer vers une mélodie alternative"
msgstr ""
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/keyboards.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/de/user/keyboards.itely
-msgid "Keyboard instruments"
-msgstr "Tasteninstrumente"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-msgid "Bowed instruments"
-msgstr "Streichinstrumente"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-msgid "References for bowed strings"
-msgstr "Referenz für Streicher"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-msgid "Plucked instruments"
-msgstr "Zupfinstrumente"
-
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgstr ""
#. @top in Documentation/es/user/lilypond-learning.tely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "GNU LilyPond: Manual de aprendizaje"
msgstr "GNU LilyPond -- Das Handbuch zum Lernen"
msgstr ""
#. @top in Documentation/es/user/lilypond-program.tely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "GNU LilyPond: Manual de utilización del programa"
msgstr "GNU LilyPond -- Die Programmbenutzung"
#. @top in Documentation/es/user/lilypond.tely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "GNU LilyPond: Manual de referencia de la notación"
-msgstr "GNU LilyPond -- Das Handbuch zum Lernen"
+msgstr "GNU LilyPond -- Die Notationsreferenz"
#. @chapheading in Documentation/es/user/lilypond.tely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "El tipografiador de música"
msgstr "GNU LilyPond -- Das Notensatzprogramm"
msgid "Modifying ends of spanners"
msgstr "Enden von Streckern verändern"
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/programming-interface.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/es/user/programming-interface.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/programming-interface.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/de/user/programming-interface.itely
-msgid "TODO moved into scheme"
-msgstr ""
-
#. @top in Documentation/de/user/lilypond-learning.tely
msgid "GNU LilyPond -- Handbuch zum Lernen"
msgstr "GNU LilyPond -- Handbuch zum Lernen"
msgid "How LilyPond files work"
msgstr "Wie eine LilyPond-Datei funktioniert"
+#. @subheading in Documentation/de/user/tweaks.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "force-hshift-Eigenschaft"
+msgstr "force-hshift (vertikale Verschiebunseigenschaft)"
+
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/templates.itely
#. @appendixsec in Documentation/de/user/templates.itely
msgid "Lilypond-book templates"
msgid "Laissez vibrer ties"
msgstr "Laissez-vibrer-Bögen"
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/repeats.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/repeats.itely
-msgid "Writing long repeats"
-msgstr "Lange Wiederholungen eingeben"
-
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/staff.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/staff.itely
msgid "System start delimiters"
msgid "old Contexts explained"
msgstr "Alte Kontexte"
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/programming-interface.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/programming-interface.itely
+msgid "TODO moved into scheme"
+msgstr "TODO nach Scheme verschoben"
+
msgid "Up:"
msgstr "Nach oben:"
msgid "Table of Contents"
msgstr "Inhaltsverzeichnis"
-#~ msgid "Common notation for vocals"
-#~ msgstr "Übliche Notation für Gesang"
+#~ msgid "Create 9/8 split into 2/4 + 5/8"
+#~ msgstr "Erstelle 9/8 als 2/4 + 5/8"
+
+#~ msgid "tsMarkup"
+#~ msgstr "Taktangabe"
+
+#~ msgid "Keyboard instruments"
+#~ msgstr "Tasteninstrumente"
+
+#~ msgid "Bowed instruments"
+#~ msgstr "Streichinstrumente"
+
+#~ msgid "References for bowed strings"
+#~ msgstr "Referenz für Streicher"
+
+#~ msgid "Plucked instruments"
+#~ msgstr "Zupfinstrumente"
+
+#~ msgid "Writing long repeats"
+#~ msgstr "Lange Wiederholungen eingeben"
#~ msgid "Placement of lyrics"
#~ msgstr "Positionierung von Gesangtext"
#~ msgid "Modifying tuplet bracket length"
#~ msgstr "Umgebungs-Eignschaften verändern"
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Compressing music"
-#~ msgstr "Das Kopieren von existierender Musik"
-
#~ msgid "Bugs"
#~ msgstr "Fehler"
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: es\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-10-06 22:02+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-10-06 23:49+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-10-16 23:37+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-10-12 12:53+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Francisco Vila <francisco.vila@hispalinux.es>\n"
"Language-Team: Español\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
msgid "About <A HREF=\"%s\">automatic language selection</A>."
msgstr "Acerca de la <A HREF=\"%s\">selección automática del idioma</A>."
-#: postprocess_html.py:300
+#: postprocess_html.py:315
msgid "stable-branch"
msgstr "rama estable"
-#: postprocess_html.py:302
+#: postprocess_html.py:317
msgid "development-branch"
msgstr "rama de desarrollo"
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/pitches.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/pitches.itely
msgid "interval"
msgstr "intervalo"
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/pitches.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/pitches.itely
msgid "sharp"
msgstr "sostenido"
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/pitches.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/pitches.itely
msgid "flat"
msgstr "bemol"
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/pitches.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/pitches.itely
msgid "double sharp"
msgstr "doble sostenido"
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/pitches.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/pitches.itely
msgid "double flat"
msgstr "doble bemol"
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/pitches.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/pitches.itely
msgid "Pitch names"
msgstr "Nombres de las notas"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "anacrusis"
msgstr "anacrusa"
msgstr "Más allá del tutorial"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:361 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1137 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1179 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1222 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1264 (variable)
msgid "melody"
msgstr "melodia"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:362 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:960 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1142 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1183 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1045 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1227 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1268 (variable)
msgid "text"
msgstr "texto"
msgstr "Voz \\\"1\\\" Voz \\\"2\\\" Voz \\\"3\\\""
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:711 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:685 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:710 (comment)
#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:737 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:762 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:789 (comment)
msgid "Bar 1"
msgstr "Compás 1"
# También Líneas divisorias. FVD
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:722 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:690 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:715 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:743 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:742 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:767 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:795 (comment)
msgid "Bar 2"
msgstr "Compás 2"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1242 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2646 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3178 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:731 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:498 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:783 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:496 (variable)
msgid "global"
msgstr "global"
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/fundamental.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/pitches.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/fundamental.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/pitches.itely
msgid "ambitus"
msgstr "tesitura"
#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:669 (comment)
msgid "Revert thickness of all following slurs to default of 1.2"
-msgstr "Devolver el grosor de las ligaduras siguientes al valor predeterminado 1.2"
+msgstr ""
+"Devolver el grosor de las ligaduras siguientes al valor predeterminado 1.2"
#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1275 (comment)
msgid "Don't print clefs in this staff"
#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1394 (comment)
msgid "Reduce stem length and line spacing to match"
-msgstr "Reducir la longitud de la plica y el espaciado de la línea en coincidencia"
+msgstr ""
+"Reducir la longitud de la plica y el espaciado de la línea en coincidencia"
#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1768 (comment)
#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1829 (comment)
#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1834 (comment)
msgid "Place following Ottava Bracket below Text Spanners"
-msgstr "Situar el corchete de octava ulterior por debajo de los extensores de texto"
+msgstr ""
+"Situar el corchete de octava ulterior por debajo de los extensores de texto"
#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1890 (comment)
msgid "Cause notes to space out to accommodate text"
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
+#. @subheading in Documentation/de/user/tweaks.itely
msgid "padding property"
msgstr "la propiedad padding (relleno)"
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
+#. @subheading in Documentation/de/user/tweaks.itely
msgid "left-padding and right-padding"
-msgstr "left-padding y right-padding (relleno por la izquierda y por la derecha)"
+msgstr ""
+"left-padding y right-padding (relleno por la izquierda y por la derecha)"
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
+#. @subheading in Documentation/de/user/tweaks.itely
msgid "staff-padding property"
msgstr "la propiedad staff-padding (relleno de pentagrama)"
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
+#. @subheading in Documentation/de/user/tweaks.itely
msgid "self-alignment-X property"
msgstr "la propiedad self-alignment-X (auto-alineación en X)"
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
+#. @subheading in Documentation/de/user/tweaks.itely
msgid "staff-position property"
msgstr "la propiedad staff-position (posición en el pentagrama)"
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
+#. @subheading in Documentation/de/user/tweaks.itely
msgid "extra-offset property"
msgstr "la propiedad extra-offset (desplazamiento adicional)"
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
+#. @subheading in Documentation/de/user/tweaks.itely
msgid "positions property"
msgstr "la propiedad positions (posiciones)"
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
+#. @subheading in Documentation/de/user/tweaks.itely
msgid "Tying notes across voices"
msgstr "Ligar notas entre voces distintas"
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
+#. @subheading in Documentation/de/user/tweaks.itely
msgid "Simulating a fermata in MIDI"
msgstr "Simulación de un calderón en el MIDI"
#. @appendixsubsec in Documentation/es/user/templates.itely
#. @appendixsubsec in Documentation/de/user/templates.itely
msgid "Gregorian transcription template"
-msgstr "Plantilla para transcripción de canto gragoriano"
+msgstr "Plantilla para transcripción de canto gregoriano"
#. @node in Documentation/user/templates.itely
#. @appendixsec in Documentation/user/templates.itely
#. @appendixsec in Documentation/fr/user/scheme-tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/scheme-tutorial.itely
#. @appendixsec in Documentation/es/user/scheme-tutorial.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/scheme-tutorial.itely
+#. @appendixsec in Documentation/de/user/scheme-tutorial.itely
msgid "Tweaking with Scheme"
msgstr "Trucos con Scheme"
msgid "Musical notation"
msgstr "Notación musical"
-#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:651 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:654 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/input.itely:997 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/input.itely:1016 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/input.itely:1053 (variable)
msgid "music"
msgstr "musica"
-#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:1028 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:1031 (comment)
msgid "not strictly necessary, but a good reminder"
msgstr "no es imprescindible pero es bueno recordarlo"
-#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:1120 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:1123 (variable)
msgid "musicA"
msgstr "musicaA"
-#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:1134 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:1137 (variable)
msgid "musicB"
msgstr "musicaB"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/pitches.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/pitches.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/pitches.itely
msgid "fifth"
msgstr "quinta"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/pitches.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/pitches.itely
msgid "quarter tone"
msgstr "cuarto de tono"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/pitches.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/pitches.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/pitches.itely
msgid "church mode"
msgstr "modo eclesiástico"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/pitches.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/pitches.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/pitches.itely
msgid "scordatura"
msgstr "scordatura"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/pitches.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/pitches.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/pitches.itely
msgid "octavation"
msgstr "octavación"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/pitches.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/pitches.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/pitches.itely
msgid "concert pitch"
msgstr "altura de concierto"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/pitches.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/pitches.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/pitches.itely
msgid "transposing instrument"
msgstr "instrumento transpositor"
msgid "This is correct and works"
msgstr "Esto es correcto y funciona"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:916 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:894 (comment)
msgid "Default style"
msgstr "Estilo predeterminado"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:919 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:897 (comment)
msgid "Change to numeric style"
msgstr "Cambiar al estilo numérico"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:923 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:901 (comment)
msgid "Revert to default style"
msgstr "Retornar al estilo predeterminado"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1115 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:931 (comment)
+msgid "auto beam on 1/4 note groups\t"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:933 (comment)
+msgid "no defined auto-beaming for this time sig"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:937 (comment)
+msgid "keep 3/4 beaming "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:938 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "due to beatLength"
+msgstr "y activar textLengthOn"
+
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:940 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "beam on 1/8 notes"
+msgstr "fin de las notas de la M.D."
+
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:943 (comment)
+msgid "beam on 3/16, 7/16, 9/16, 12/16"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1103 (comment)
msgid "Show all bar numbers"
msgstr "Mostrar todos los números de compás"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1225 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1213 (comment)
msgid "Now each staff has its own time signature."
msgstr "Ahora cada pentagrama tiene un compás distinto"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1261 (comment)
-msgid "Create 9/8 split into 2/4 + 5/8"
-msgstr "Crear un 9/8 dividido en 2/4 + 5/8"
-
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1262 (variable)
-msgid "tsMarkup"
-msgstr "marcadoTs"
-
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1558 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1518 (comment)
msgid "Set beam sub-group length to an eighth note"
msgstr "Establecer longitud de barra del subgrupo a corchea"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1561 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1521 (comment)
msgid "Set beam sub-group length to a sixteenth note"
msgstr "Establecer longitud de barra del subgrupo a semicorchea"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1698 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1658 (comment)
msgid "end 1/16 beams for all time signatures at the 1/16 moment"
-msgstr "finalizar barras de semicorchea para todos los compases en el momento 1/16"
+msgstr ""
+"finalizar barras de semicorchea para todos los compases en el momento 1/16"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1702 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1662 (comment)
msgid "end 1/32 beams for all time signatures at the 1/16 moment"
msgstr "finalizar barras de fusa para todos los compases en el momento 1/16"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1712 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1672 (comment)
msgid "end beams of all durations in 5/8 time signature at the 2/8 moment"
msgstr ""
"finalizar barras para cualquier duración en el compás de 5/8, en el momento "
"2/8"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1741 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1701 (comment)
msgid "undo a rule ending 1/16 beams in 4/4 time at 1/4 moment"
msgstr ""
"deshacer regla de finalizar barras de semicorchea en compás 4/4 en el "
"momento 1/4"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1754 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1714 (comment)
msgid "this won't revert it!"
msgstr "¡esto no lo devuelve a su valor anterior!"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1756 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1716 (comment)
msgid "this will"
msgstr "esto sí"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1936 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1895 (comment)
msgid "revert to non-feathered beams"
msgstr "volver a usar barras continuas"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2165 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2181 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2124 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2140 (comment)
msgid "Permit first bar number to be printed"
msgstr "Habilitar la impresión del número del primer compás"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2182 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2230 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2141 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2189 (comment)
msgid "Print a bar number every second measure"
msgstr "Imprimir el número de compás cada dos compases"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2198 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2157 (comment)
msgid "Prevent bar numbers at the end of a line and permit them elsewhere"
-msgstr "No poner números de compás al final de la línea, pero sí en otros lugares"
+msgstr ""
+"No poner números de compás al final de la línea, pero sí en otros lugares"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2202 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2228 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2161 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2187 (comment)
msgid "Increase the size of the bar number by 2"
msgstr "Aumentar en 2 el tamaño del número de compás"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2206 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2165 (comment)
msgid "Draw a box round the following bar number(s)"
msgstr "Pintar una caja rodeando al siguiente(s) número de compás"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2211 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2170 (comment)
msgid "Draw a circle round the following bar number(s)"
msgstr "Rodear con un círculo el siguiente(s) número de compás"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2233 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2192 (comment)
msgid "Center-align bar numbers"
msgstr "Alinear números de compás al centro"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2236 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2195 (comment)
msgid "Right-align bar numbers"
msgstr "Alinear números de compás a la derecha"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2339 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2298 (variable)
msgid "pipeSymbol"
msgstr "simboloTubo"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2731 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2685 (variable)
msgid "MyCadenza"
msgstr "miCadencia"
msgid "Time administration"
msgstr "Gestión del tiempo"
-#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:387 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:455 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:388 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:456 (variable)
msgid "moltoF"
msgstr "moltoF"
-#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:408 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:438 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:409 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:439 (variable)
msgid "roundF"
msgstr "f_redondo"
-#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:410 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:442 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:411 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:443 (variable)
msgid "boxF"
msgstr "f_rectangulo"
-#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:425 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:426 (variable)
msgid "sfzp"
msgstr "sfzp"
-#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:443 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:444 (variable)
msgid "roundFdynamic"
msgstr "dinamicas_f_redondo"
-#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:444 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:445 (variable)
msgid "boxFdynamic"
msgstr "dinamicas_f_rectangulo"
msgid "Breath marks"
msgstr "Marcas de respiración"
+#. @rglos in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
+msgid "caesura"
+msgstr ""
+
# FUZZY. FVD
#. @node in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/repeats.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/repeats.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/repeats.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/repeats.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/repeats.itely
msgid "Long repeats"
msgstr "Repeticiones largas"
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/repeats.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/repeats.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/repeats.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/repeats.itely
msgid "Normal repeats"
msgstr "Repeticiones normales"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/repeats.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/repeats.itely
msgid "repeat"
msgstr "repetición"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/repeats.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/repeats.itely
msgid "volta"
msgstr "primera y segunda vez"
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/repeats.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/repeats.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/repeats.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/repeats.itely
msgid "Manual repeat marks"
msgstr "Marcas de repetición manual"
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/repeats.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/repeats.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/repeats.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/repeats.itely
msgid "Written-out repeats"
msgstr "Repeticiones explícitas"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/repeats.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/repeats.itely
msgid "percent repeat"
msgstr "repetición de estilo porcentaje"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/repeats.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/repeats.itely
msgid "simile"
msgstr "simile"
msgid "Tremolo repeats"
msgstr "Repeticiones de trémolo"
-#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:565 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:93 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "explicit single voice"
+msgstr "Voces explícitas"
+
+#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:99 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "single first note"
+msgstr "Notación en un solo pentagrama"
+
+#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:111 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "no single first note"
+msgstr "Iniciar la primera voz"
+
+#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:617 (variable)
msgid "instrumentOne"
msgstr "instrumentoUno"
-#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:573 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:625 (variable)
msgid "instrumentTwo"
msgstr "instrumentoDos"
-#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:749 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:801 (comment)
msgid "Bar 3 ..."
msgstr "Compás 3 ..."
msgid "Chorded notes"
msgstr "Notas en acorde"
+#. @node in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Simultaneous expressions"
+msgstr "Notas simultáneas"
+
#. @node in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/simultaneous.itely
msgid "Writing music in parallel"
msgstr "Escribir música en paralelo"
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1117 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1132 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1286 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1097 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1112 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1266 (variable)
msgid "flute"
msgstr "flauta"
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1148 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1128 (variable)
msgid "clarinet"
msgstr "clarinete"
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1237 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1258 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1217 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1238 (variable)
msgid "oboe"
msgstr "oboe"
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1307 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1287 (variable)
msgid "piccolo"
msgstr "flautin"
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1315 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1295 (variable)
msgid "cbassoon"
msgstr "cfagot"
#. Documentation/user/editorial.itely:321 (comment)
msgid "this is deliberate nonsense; note that the stems remain black"
-msgstr "esto no tiene sentido, intencionalmente. Observe que las plicas siguen negras"
+msgstr ""
+"esto no tiene sentido, intencionalmente. Observe que las plicas siguen negras"
#. @node in Documentation/user/editorial.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/editorial.itely
msgid "Specialist notation"
msgstr "Notación especializada"
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:416 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:509 (comment)
msgid "not recommended: left aligns syllables "
msgstr "no recomendado: alinea las sílabas a la izquierda "
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:419 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:512 (comment)
msgid "wrong: durations needed"
msgstr "incorrecto: se necesitan las duraciones"
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:422 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:515 (comment)
msgid "correct"
msgstr "correcto"
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:755 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:847 (variable)
msgid "voice"
msgstr "voz"
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:762 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:854 (variable)
msgid "lyr"
msgstr "letra"
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1027 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1112 (comment)
msgid "applies to \\\"fas\\\""
msgstr "se aplica al \\\"fas\\\""
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1197 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1282 (comment)
msgid "moves the column off the left margin; "
msgstr "aleja la columna del margen izquierdo; "
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1198 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1283 (comment)
msgid "can be removed if space on the page is tight"
msgstr "se puede quitar si el espaciado de la página es apretado"
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1206 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1224 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1291 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1309 (comment)
msgid "adds vertical spacing between verses"
msgstr "añade espaciado vertical entre estrofas"
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1214 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1299 (comment)
msgid "adds horizontal spacing between columns; "
msgstr "añade espaciado horizontal entre columnas; "
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1215 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1300 (comment)
msgid "if they are still too close, add more \\\" \\\" pairs "
msgstr "si aún están muy juntas, añada más parejas \\\" \\\" "
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1216 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1301 (comment)
msgid "until the result looks good"
msgstr "hasta que el resultado resulte adecuado"
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1232 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1317 (comment)
msgid "gives some extra space on the right margin; "
msgstr "aplica más separación en el margen derecho; "
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1233 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1318 (comment)
msgid "can be removed if page space is tight"
msgstr "se puede quitar si el espaciado de la página es apretado"
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "Entering lyrics"
-msgstr "Introducir la letra"
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Common notation for vocal music"
+msgstr "Notación usual para percusión"
#. @node in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "Lyrics explained"
-msgstr "Explicación de la letra"
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "References for vocal music and lyrics"
+msgstr "Referencias para música vocal"
#. @node in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "Working with lyrics and variables"
-msgstr "Trabajar con el texto y las variables"
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Opera"
+msgstr "superior"
#. @node in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "References for vocal music"
-msgstr "Referencias para música vocal"
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Song books"
+msgstr "Canciones"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Spoken music"
+msgstr "MusicaSopranoUno"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+msgid "Chants"
+msgstr "Cantos"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Ancient vocal music"
+msgstr "Claves antiguas"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+msgid "Entering lyrics"
+msgstr "Introducir la letra"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+msgid "Lyrics explained"
+msgstr "Explicación de la letra"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+msgid "Working with lyrics and variables"
+msgstr "Trabajar con el texto y las variables"
#. @node in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Lyrics independent of notes"
msgstr "Letra independiente de las notas"
-#. @node in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "Chants"
-msgstr "Cantos"
-
#. @node in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/keyboards.itely
#. @section in Documentation/es/user/keyboards.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/keyboards.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/keyboards.itely
msgid "Keyboard and other multi-staff instruments"
msgstr "Teclados y otros instrumentos de varios pentagramas"
#. @node in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/keyboards.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/keyboards.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/keyboards.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/keyboards.itely
msgid "Harp"
msgstr "Arpa"
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/unfretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/unfretted-strings.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
msgid "Bowing indications"
msgstr "Indicaciones de arco"
#. @node in Documentation/user/unfretted-strings.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
msgid "Harmonics"
msgstr "Armónicos"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
msgid "harmonics"
msgstr "armónicos"
#. @node in Documentation/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Snap (Bartok) pizzicato"
+msgstr "Pizzicato de Bartók (Snap)"
+
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
msgid "Snap (Bartók) pizzicato"
msgstr "Pizzicato de Bartók (Snap)"
-#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:223 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:238 (variable)
msgid "melodia"
msgstr "melodia"
-#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:297 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:321 (variable)
msgid "mynotes"
msgstr "misNotas"
-#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:412 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:448 (comment)
msgid "A chord for ukelele"
msgstr "Un acorde de ukelele"
-#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:704 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:723 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:752 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:777 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:801 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:837 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:768 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:791 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:820 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:849 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:873 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:917 (variable)
msgid "mychords"
msgstr "misAcordes"
-#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:727 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:795 (variable)
msgid "mychordlist"
msgstr "miListaDeAcordes"
-#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:824 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:904 (comment)
msgid "add a new chord shape"
msgstr "añadir una forma de acorde nueva"
-#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:828 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:908 (comment)
msgid "add some new chords based on the power chord shape"
msgstr "añadir acordes nuevos basados en la forma de acorde principal"
#. @node in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
msgid "Predefined fret diagrams"
msgstr "Diagramas predefinidos de trastes"
#. @node in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
msgid "Automatic fret diagrams"
msgstr "Diagramas de traste automáticos"
#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:396 (comment)
msgid "This is neccessary; if not entered, the barline wuld be too short!"
-msgstr "Esto es necesario; si no se pone, la línea divisoria sería demasiado corta."
+msgstr ""
+"Esto es necesario; si no se pone, la línea divisoria sería demasiado corta."
#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:403 (comment)
msgid "with this you load your new drum style table"
msgstr "con esto cargamos la nueva tabla de estilos de percusión"
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:425 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:423 (variable)
msgid "tambustaff"
msgstr "pautaPandereta"
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:433 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:431 (comment)
msgid "broken"
msgstr "roto"
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:434 (comment)
-msgid "\\set DrumStaff.drumStyleTable = #(alist->hash-table mydrums) "
+#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:432 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "\\set DrumStaff.drumStyleTable = #(alist->hash-table mydrums)"
msgstr "\\set DrumStaff.drumStyleTable = #(alist->hash-table mydrums) "
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:440 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:438 (comment)
msgid "the trick with the scaled duration and the shorter rest"
msgstr "el truco con la duración escalada y el silencio más corto"
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:441 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:439 (comment)
msgid "is neccessary for the correct ending of the trill-span!"
msgstr "es necesario para la correcta finalización del trino."
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:452 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:450 (variable)
msgid "tamtamstaff"
msgstr "pautaGong"
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:474 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:472 (variable)
msgid "bellstaff"
msgstr "pautaCampana"
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:505 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:503 (variable)
msgid "drumsA"
msgstr "percusionA"
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:520 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:518 (variable)
msgid "drumsB"
msgstr "percusionB"
#. @node in Documentation/user/percussion.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/percussion.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/percussion.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/percussion.itely
msgid "Drum rolls"
msgstr "Redobles"
#. @node in Documentation/user/percussion.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/percussion.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/percussion.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/percussion.itely
msgid "Pitched percussion"
msgstr "Percusión afinada"
#. @node in Documentation/user/percussion.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/percussion.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/percussion.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/percussion.itely
msgid "Custom percussion staves"
msgstr "Pautas de percusión personalizadas"
msgid "Displaying figured bass"
msgstr "Imprimir el bajo cifrado"
-#. Documentation/user/ancient.itely:830 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/ancient.itely:821 (variable)
msgid "ficta"
msgstr "ficta"
msgstr "Alteraciones y armaduras de la música mensural"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Annotational accidentals (musica ficta)"
+msgstr "Alteraciones de anotación (@emph{musica ficta})"
+
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Annotational accidentals (@emph{musica ficta})"
msgstr "Alteraciones de anotación (@emph{musica ficta})"
#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:1721 (comment)
msgid "by setting outside-staff-priority to a non-number,"
-msgstr "ajustando el valor de outside-staff-priority a algo que no sea un número,"
+msgstr ""
+"ajustando el valor de outside-staff-priority a algo que no sea un número,"
#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:1722 (comment)
msgid "we disable the automatic collision avoidance"
msgid "Changing spacing"
msgstr "Cambiar el espaciado"
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:1926 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:1974 (comment)
msgid "increase the length of the tie"
msgstr "aumentar la longitud de la ligadura"
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:1935 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:1983 (comment)
msgid "increase the length of the rest bar"
msgstr "aumentar la longitud del compás en silencio"
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:1943 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:1991 (comment)
msgid "increase the length of the hairpin"
msgstr "aumentar la longitud del regulador"
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:1971 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2019 (comment)
msgid "default"
msgstr "predeterminado"
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:1974 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:1987 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2022 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2035 (comment)
msgid "not effective alone"
msgstr "no es efectivo por sí solo"
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:1978 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:1991 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2026 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2039 (comment)
msgid "effective only when both overrides are present"
msgstr "es efectivo sólo cuando las dos sobreescrituras están presentes"
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2372 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2420 (comment)
msgid "Remove bar line at the end of the current line"
msgstr "Quitar la barra de compás al final de la línea en curso"
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2418 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2466 (comment)
msgid "Try to remove all key signatures"
msgstr "Intentar quitar todas las armaduras"
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2837 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2885 (comment)
msgid "move horizontally left"
msgstr "desplazar a la izquierda"
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2839 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2887 (comment)
msgid "move vertically up"
msgstr "desplazar hacia arriba"
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2840 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2888 (comment)
msgid "third finger"
msgstr "dedo tercero"
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2886 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2934 (comment)
msgid "the RehearsalMark will be centered above the Clef"
msgstr "la RehearsalMark se centra sobre la clave"
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2892 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2940 (comment)
msgid "the RehearsalMark will be centered above the TimeSignature"
msgstr "la RehearsalMark se centra sobre el compás"
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2906 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2954 (comment)
msgid "The RehearsalMark will be centered above the KeySignature"
msgstr "la RehearsalMark se centra sobre la armadura"
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2913 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2929 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2936 (comment)
-msgid "The RehearsalMark will be aligned with the left edge of the KeySignature"
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2961 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2977 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2984 (comment)
+msgid ""
+"The RehearsalMark will be aligned with the left edge of the KeySignature"
msgstr "la RehearsalMark se alinea por la izquierda con la armadura"
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2918 (comment)
-msgid "The RehearsalMark will be aligned with the right edge of the KeySignature"
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2966 (comment)
+msgid ""
+"The RehearsalMark will be aligned with the right edge of the KeySignature"
msgstr "la RehearsalMark se alinea por la derecha con la armadura"
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2930 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2978 (comment)
msgid "and then shifted right by 3.5 staff-spaces"
msgstr "y se desplaza 3.5 espacios a la derecha"
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2937 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2985 (comment)
msgid "and then shifted left by 2 staff-spaces"
msgstr "y se desplaza 2 espacios a la izquierda"
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2986 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:3034 (variable)
msgid "XinO"
msgstr "X_O"
#. @section in Documentation/user/programming-interface.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/programming-interface.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/es/user/programming-interface.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/programming-interface.itely
msgid "Using Scheme code instead of @code{\\tweak}"
msgstr "Usar código de Scheme en lugar de @code{\\tweak}"
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/programming-interface.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/programming-interface.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/es/user/programming-interface.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/programming-interface.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/programming-interface.itely
msgid "Difficult tweaks"
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tweaks.itely
#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/tweaks.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/tweaks.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/de/user/tweaks.itely
msgid "Common tweaks"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/repeats.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/repeats.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/repeats.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/repeats.itely
msgid "Repeat types"
msgstr "Tipos de repetición"
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/repeats.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/repeats.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/repeats.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/repeats.itely
msgid "Repeat syntax"
msgstr "Sintaxis de las repeticiones"
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/repeats.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/repeats.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/repeats.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/repeats.itely
msgid "Manual repeat commands"
msgstr "Instrucciones de repetición manual"
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/repeats.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/repeats.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/repeats.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/repeats.itely
msgid "Tremolo subdivisions"
msgstr "Subdivisiones del trémolo"
msgid "Basculer vers une mélodie alternative"
msgstr ""
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/keyboards.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/de/user/keyboards.itely
-msgid "Keyboard instruments"
-msgstr "Instrumentos de teclado"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-msgid "Bowed instruments"
-msgstr "Instrumentos de arco"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-msgid "References for bowed strings"
-msgstr "Referencias para instrumentos de cuerda frotada"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-msgid "Plucked instruments"
-msgstr "Instrumentos de cuerda pulsada"
-
# ?? FVD
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Modifying ends of spanners"
msgstr "Modificación de los extremos de los extensores"
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/programming-interface.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/es/user/programming-interface.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/programming-interface.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/de/user/programming-interface.itely
-msgid "TODO moved into scheme"
-msgstr "HACER trasladado al apartado sobre scheme"
-
#. @top in Documentation/de/user/lilypond-learning.tely
msgid "GNU LilyPond -- Handbuch zum Lernen"
msgstr ""
msgid "How LilyPond files work"
msgstr "Cómo funcionan los archivos de LilyPond"
+#. @subheading in Documentation/de/user/tweaks.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "force-hshift-Eigenschaft"
+msgstr "la propiedad force-hshift (forzar desplazamiento horizontal)"
+
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/templates.itely
#. @appendixsec in Documentation/de/user/templates.itely
msgid "Lilypond-book templates"
msgid "Laissez vibrer ties"
msgstr "Ligaduras Laissez vibrer"
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/repeats.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/repeats.itely
-msgid "Writing long repeats"
-msgstr "Escribir repeticiones largas"
-
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/staff.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/staff.itely
msgid "System start delimiters"
msgid "old Contexts explained"
msgstr "antiguo Explicación de los contextos"
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/programming-interface.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/programming-interface.itely
+msgid "TODO moved into scheme"
+msgstr "HACER trasladado al apartado sobre scheme"
+
msgid "Up:"
msgstr "Arriba:"
msgid "Table of Contents"
msgstr "Índice general"
+#~ msgid "Keyboard instruments"
+#~ msgstr "Instrumentos de teclado"
+
+#~ msgid "Bowed instruments"
+#~ msgstr "Instrumentos de arco"
+
+#~ msgid "References for bowed strings"
+#~ msgstr "Referencias para instrumentos de cuerda frotada"
+
+#~ msgid "Plucked instruments"
+#~ msgstr "Instrumentos de cuerda pulsada"
+
+#~ msgid "Writing long repeats"
+#~ msgstr "Escribir repeticiones largas"
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: fr\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-10-06 22:02+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-10-16 23:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-09-01 22:00+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Jean-Charles Malahieude <lolyfan-AT-wanadoo-DOT-fr>\n"
"Language-Team: Français <lilypond-user-fr@gnu.org>\n"
msgid "About <A HREF=\"%s\">automatic language selection</A>."
msgstr "À propos de la <A HREF=\"%s\">sélection automatique de la langue</A>."
-#: postprocess_html.py:300
+#: postprocess_html.py:315
msgid "stable-branch"
msgstr "branche stable"
-#: postprocess_html.py:302
+#: postprocess_html.py:317
msgid "development-branch"
msgstr "branche de développement"
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/pitches.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/pitches.itely
msgid "interval"
msgstr "intervalle"
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/pitches.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/pitches.itely
msgid "sharp"
msgstr "dièse"
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/pitches.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/pitches.itely
msgid "flat"
msgstr "bémol"
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/pitches.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/pitches.itely
msgid "double sharp"
msgstr "double dièse"
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/pitches.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/pitches.itely
msgid "double flat"
msgstr "double bémol"
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/pitches.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/pitches.itely
msgid "Pitch names"
msgstr "Noms de note"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "anacrusis"
msgstr "anacrouse"
msgstr "Après le tutoriel"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:361 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1137 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1179 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1222 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1264 (variable)
msgid "melody"
msgstr "melodie"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:362 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:960 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1142 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1183 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1045 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1227 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1268 (variable)
msgid "text"
msgstr "texte"
msgstr "Voix \\\"1\\\" Voix \\\"2\\\" Voix \\\"3\\\""
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:711 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:685 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:710 (comment)
#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:737 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:762 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:789 (comment)
msgid "Bar 1"
msgstr "Mesure 1"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:722 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:690 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:715 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:743 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:742 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:767 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:795 (comment)
msgid "Bar 2"
msgstr "Mesure 2"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1242 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2646 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3178 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:731 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:498 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:783 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:496 (variable)
msgid "global"
msgstr "glogal"
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/fundamental.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/pitches.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/fundamental.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/pitches.itely
msgid "ambitus"
msgstr "ambitus"
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
+#. @subheading in Documentation/de/user/tweaks.itely
msgid "padding property"
msgstr "la propriété padding"
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
+#. @subheading in Documentation/de/user/tweaks.itely
msgid "left-padding and right-padding"
msgstr "left-padding et right-padding"
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
+#. @subheading in Documentation/de/user/tweaks.itely
msgid "staff-padding property"
msgstr "la propriété staff-padding"
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
+#. @subheading in Documentation/de/user/tweaks.itely
msgid "self-alignment-X property"
msgstr "la propriété self-alignment-X"
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
+#. @subheading in Documentation/de/user/tweaks.itely
msgid "staff-position property"
msgstr "la propriété staff-position"
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
+#. @subheading in Documentation/de/user/tweaks.itely
msgid "extra-offset property"
msgstr "la propriété extra-offset"
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
+#. @subheading in Documentation/de/user/tweaks.itely
msgid "positions property"
msgstr "la propriété positions"
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
+#. @subheading in Documentation/de/user/tweaks.itely
msgid "Tying notes across voices"
msgstr "Liaison entre plusieurs voix"
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
+#. @subheading in Documentation/de/user/tweaks.itely
msgid "Simulating a fermata in MIDI"
msgstr "Rendu MIDI d'un point d'orgue"
#. @appendixsec in Documentation/fr/user/scheme-tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/scheme-tutorial.itely
#. @appendixsec in Documentation/es/user/scheme-tutorial.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/scheme-tutorial.itely
+#. @appendixsec in Documentation/de/user/scheme-tutorial.itely
msgid "Tweaking with Scheme"
msgstr "Scheme et les retouches"
msgid "Musical notation"
msgstr "Notation musicale générale"
-#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:651 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:654 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/input.itely:997 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/input.itely:1016 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/input.itely:1053 (variable)
msgid "music"
msgstr "musique"
-#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:1028 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:1031 (comment)
msgid "not strictly necessary, but a good reminder"
msgstr "pas strictement nécessaire, mais en pense-bête"
-#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:1120 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:1123 (variable)
msgid "musicA"
msgstr "musiqueA"
-#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:1134 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:1137 (variable)
msgid "musicB"
msgstr "musiqueB"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/pitches.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/pitches.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/pitches.itely
msgid "fifth"
msgstr "quinte"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/pitches.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/pitches.itely
msgid "quarter tone"
msgstr "quart de ton"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/pitches.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/pitches.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/pitches.itely
msgid "church mode"
msgstr "mode ancien"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/pitches.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/pitches.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/pitches.itely
msgid "scordatura"
msgstr "scordatura"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/pitches.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/pitches.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/pitches.itely
msgid "octavation"
msgstr "octavation"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/pitches.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/pitches.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/pitches.itely
msgid "concert pitch"
msgstr "tonalité de concert"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/pitches.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/pitches.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/pitches.itely
msgid "transposing instrument"
msgstr "instrument transpositeur"
msgid "This is correct and works"
msgstr "Formulation correcte, qui fonctionnera"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:916 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:894 (comment)
msgid "Default style"
msgstr "Style par défaut"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:919 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:897 (comment)
msgid "Change to numeric style"
msgstr "Adoption du style numérique"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:923 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:901 (comment)
msgid "Revert to default style"
msgstr "Retour au style par défaut"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1115 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:931 (comment)
+msgid "auto beam on 1/4 note groups\t"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:933 (comment)
+msgid "no defined auto-beaming for this time sig"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:937 (comment)
+msgid "keep 3/4 beaming "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:938 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "due to beatLength"
+msgstr "activation de textLengthOn"
+
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:940 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "beam on 1/8 notes"
+msgstr "fin des notes de MD"
+
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:943 (comment)
+msgid "beam on 3/16, 7/16, 9/16, 12/16"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1103 (comment)
msgid "Show all bar numbers"
msgstr "Affichage de tous les numéros de mesure"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1225 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1213 (comment)
msgid "Now each staff has its own time signature."
msgstr "Chaque portée dispose désormais de sa propre métrique."
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1261 (comment)
-msgid "Create 9/8 split into 2/4 + 5/8"
-msgstr "Mise en évidence de la décomposition de 9/8 en 2/4 + 5/8"
-
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1262 (variable)
-msgid "tsMarkup"
-msgstr "tsEtiquette"
-
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1558 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1518 (comment)
msgid "Set beam sub-group length to an eighth note"
msgstr "Subdivision des ligatures à la croche"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1561 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1521 (comment)
msgid "Set beam sub-group length to a sixteenth note"
msgstr "Subdivision des ligatures à la double-croche"
# je ne comprends pas la différence entre les 2 mesures -JCM
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1698 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1658 (comment)
msgid "end 1/16 beams for all time signatures at the 1/16 moment"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1702 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1662 (comment)
msgid "end 1/32 beams for all time signatures at the 1/16 moment"
msgstr ""
"ligature les triples croches, quelle que soit la métrique, sur la base d'un "
"double croche"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1712 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1672 (comment)
msgid "end beams of all durations in 5/8 time signature at the 2/8 moment"
msgstr ""
"fin de ligature, pour une métrique à 2/8, sur la deuxième croche de la mesure"
# pourquoi pas la première blanche ? -JCM
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1741 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1701 (comment)
msgid "undo a rule ending 1/16 beams in 4/4 time at 1/4 moment"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1754 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1714 (comment)
msgid "this won't revert it!"
msgstr "ceci n'est pas en concordance"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1756 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1716 (comment)
msgid "this will"
msgstr "ceci est conforme"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1936 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1895 (comment)
msgid "revert to non-feathered beams"
msgstr "retour à des liens de croches rectilignes"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2165 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2181 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2124 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2140 (comment)
msgid "Permit first bar number to be printed"
msgstr "Le numéro de la première mesure sera affiché"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2182 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2230 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2141 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2189 (comment)
msgid "Print a bar number every second measure"
msgstr "Affichage du numéro toutes les deux mesures"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2198 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2157 (comment)
msgid "Prevent bar numbers at the end of a line and permit them elsewhere"
msgstr "Affichage du numéro à chaque mesure, hormis en fin de ligne"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2202 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2228 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2161 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2187 (comment)
msgid "Increase the size of the bar number by 2"
msgstr "Augmentation de la taille des numéros de mesure au double"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2206 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2165 (comment)
msgid "Draw a box round the following bar number(s)"
msgstr "Numéros de mesure encadrés dans un rectangle"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2211 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2170 (comment)
msgid "Draw a circle round the following bar number(s)"
msgstr "Numéros de mesure encadrés dans un cercle"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2233 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2192 (comment)
msgid "Center-align bar numbers"
msgstr "Alignement au centre des numéros de mesure"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2236 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2195 (comment)
msgid "Right-align bar numbers"
msgstr "Alignement à droite des numéros de mesure"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2339 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2298 (variable)
msgid "pipeSymbol"
msgstr "pipeSymbole"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2731 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2685 (variable)
#, fuzzy
msgid "MyCadenza"
msgstr "cadence"
msgid "Time administration"
msgstr "Gestion du temps"
-#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:387 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:455 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:388 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:456 (variable)
msgid "moltoF"
msgstr "moltoF"
-#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:408 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:438 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:409 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:439 (variable)
msgid "roundF"
msgstr "suggereF"
-#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:410 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:442 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:411 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:443 (variable)
msgid "boxF"
msgstr "cadreF"
-#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:425 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:426 (variable)
msgid "sfzp"
msgstr "sfzp"
-#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:443 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:444 (variable)
msgid "roundFdynamic"
msgstr "nuanceFcercle"
-#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:444 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:445 (variable)
msgid "boxFdynamic"
msgstr "nuanceFcadre"
msgid "Breath marks"
msgstr "Signes de respiration"
+#. @rglos in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
+msgid "caesura"
+msgstr ""
+
#. @node in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/repeats.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/repeats.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/repeats.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/repeats.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/repeats.itely
msgid "Long repeats"
msgstr "Répétition d'un long passage"
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/repeats.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/repeats.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/repeats.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/repeats.itely
msgid "Normal repeats"
msgstr "Répétitions courantes"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/repeats.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/repeats.itely
msgid "repeat"
msgstr "répétition"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/repeats.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/repeats.itely
msgid "volta"
msgstr "volta"
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/repeats.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/repeats.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/repeats.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/repeats.itely
msgid "Manual repeat marks"
msgstr "Indications de reprise manuelles"
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/repeats.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/repeats.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/repeats.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/repeats.itely
msgid "Written-out repeats"
msgstr "Écriture de répétitions"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/repeats.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/repeats.itely
msgid "percent repeat"
msgstr "répétition en pourcent"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/repeats.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/repeats.itely
msgid "simile"
msgstr "simile"
msgid "Tremolo repeats"
msgstr "Répétition en trémolo"
-#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:565 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:93 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "explicit single voice"
+msgstr "Instanciation explicite des voix"
+
+#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:99 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "single first note"
+msgstr "Notation sur une seule portée"
+
+#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:111 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "no single first note"
+msgstr "Initialisation de la première voix"
+
+#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:617 (variable)
msgid "instrumentOne"
msgstr "instrumentUn"
-#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:573 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:625 (variable)
msgid "instrumentTwo"
msgstr "instrumentDeux"
-#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:749 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:801 (comment)
msgid "Bar 3 ..."
msgstr "Mesure 3..."
msgid "Chorded notes"
msgstr "Notes en accords"
+#. @node in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Simultaneous expressions"
+msgstr "Notes simultanées"
+
#. @node in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/simultaneous.itely
msgid "Writing music in parallel"
msgstr "Saisie la musique en parallèle"
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1117 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1132 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1286 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1097 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1112 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1266 (variable)
msgid "flute"
msgstr "flute"
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1148 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1128 (variable)
msgid "clarinet"
msgstr "clarinette"
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1237 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1258 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1217 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1238 (variable)
msgid "oboe"
msgstr "hautbois"
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1307 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1287 (variable)
msgid "piccolo"
msgstr "piccolo"
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1315 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1295 (variable)
msgid "cbassoon"
msgstr "cbasson"
msgid "Specialist notation"
msgstr "Notation spécialisée"
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:416 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:509 (comment)
msgid "not recommended: left aligns syllables "
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:419 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:512 (comment)
msgid "wrong: durations needed"
msgstr "Changement d'échelle des durées"
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:422 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:515 (comment)
msgid "correct"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:755 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:847 (variable)
msgid "voice"
msgstr "voix"
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:762 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:854 (variable)
msgid "lyr"
msgstr "paroles"
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1027 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1112 (comment)
msgid "applies to \\\"fas\\\""
msgstr "s'applique à \\\"fas\\\""
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1197 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1282 (comment)
msgid "moves the column off the left margin; "
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1198 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1283 (comment)
msgid "can be removed if space on the page is tight"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1206 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1224 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1291 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1309 (comment)
msgid "adds vertical spacing between verses"
msgstr "ajout d'espace vertical entre les couplets"
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1214 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1299 (comment)
msgid "adds horizontal spacing between columns; "
msgstr "ajout d'espace horizontal entre les colonnes"
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1215 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1300 (comment)
msgid "if they are still too close, add more \\\" \\\" pairs "
msgstr ""
"si elles sont toujours trop proches, ajouter d'autres paires de \\\" \\\""
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1216 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1301 (comment)
msgid "until the result looks good"
msgstr "jusqu'à ce que le résultat soit acceptable."
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1232 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1317 (comment)
msgid "gives some extra space on the right margin; "
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1233 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1318 (comment)
msgid "can be removed if page space is tight"
msgstr ""
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "Entering lyrics"
-msgstr "Saisie des paroles"
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Common notation for vocal music"
+msgstr "Vue d'ensemble de la musique vocale"
#. @node in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Lyrics explained"
-msgstr "Tout savoir sur les contextes"
+msgid "References for vocal music and lyrics"
+msgstr "Références en matière de musique vocale"
#. @node in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "Working with lyrics and variables"
-msgstr "Travail avec des paroles et variables"
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Opera"
+msgstr "superieur"
#. @node in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "References for vocal music"
-msgstr "Références en matière de musique vocale"
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Song books"
+msgstr "Chansons"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Spoken music"
+msgstr "SopUnMusique"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+msgid "Chants"
+msgstr "Chants"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Ancient vocal music"
+msgstr "Clefs anciennes"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+msgid "Entering lyrics"
+msgstr "Saisie des paroles"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Lyrics explained"
+msgstr "Tout savoir sur les contextes"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+msgid "Working with lyrics and variables"
+msgstr "Travail avec des paroles et variables"
#. @node in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Lyrics independent of notes"
msgstr "Paroles indépendantes des notes"
-#. @node in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "Chants"
-msgstr "Chants"
-
#. @node in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/keyboards.itely
#. @section in Documentation/es/user/keyboards.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/keyboards.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/keyboards.itely
#, fuzzy
msgid "Keyboard and other multi-staff instruments"
msgstr "Instruments à clavier"
#. @node in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/keyboards.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/keyboards.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/keyboards.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/keyboards.itely
msgid "Harp"
msgstr "Harpe"
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/unfretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/unfretted-strings.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
#, fuzzy
msgid "Bowing indications"
msgstr "indication du tempo"
#. @node in Documentation/user/unfretted-strings.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
msgid "Harmonics"
msgstr ""
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
msgid "harmonics"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+msgid "Snap (Bartok) pizzicato"
+msgstr ""
+
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
msgid "Snap (Bartók) pizzicato"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:223 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:238 (variable)
msgid "melodia"
msgstr "melodie"
-#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:297 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:321 (variable)
msgid "mynotes"
msgstr "mesnotes"
-#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:412 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:448 (comment)
msgid "A chord for ukelele"
msgstr "Un accord pour ukulele"
-#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:704 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:723 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:752 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:777 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:801 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:837 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:768 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:791 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:820 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:849 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:873 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:917 (variable)
msgid "mychords"
msgstr "mesaccords"
-#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:727 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:795 (variable)
msgid "mychordlist"
msgstr "malistedaccords"
-#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:824 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:904 (comment)
msgid "add a new chord shape"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:828 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:908 (comment)
msgid "add some new chords based on the power chord shape"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
msgid "Predefined fret diagrams"
msgstr "Tablatures prédéfinies"
#. @node in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
msgid "Automatic fret diagrams"
msgstr "Tablatures automatiques"
msgid "with this you load your new drum style table"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:425 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:423 (variable)
#, fuzzy
msgid "tambustaff"
msgstr "portée"
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:433 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:431 (comment)
msgid "broken"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:434 (comment)
-msgid "\\set DrumStaff.drumStyleTable = #(alist->hash-table mydrums) "
+#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:432 (comment)
+msgid "\\set DrumStaff.drumStyleTable = #(alist->hash-table mydrums)"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:440 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:438 (comment)
msgid "the trick with the scaled duration and the shorter rest"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:441 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:439 (comment)
msgid "is neccessary for the correct ending of the trill-span!"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:452 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:450 (variable)
#, fuzzy
msgid "tamtamstaff"
msgstr "portée"
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:474 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:472 (variable)
#, fuzzy
msgid "bellstaff"
msgstr "portée"
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:505 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:503 (variable)
msgid "drumsA"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:520 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:518 (variable)
msgid "drumsB"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/percussion.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/percussion.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/percussion.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/percussion.itely
msgid "Drum rolls"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/percussion.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/percussion.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/percussion.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/percussion.itely
msgid "Pitched percussion"
msgstr "Percussions avec hauteurs"
#. @node in Documentation/user/percussion.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/percussion.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/percussion.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/percussion.itely
msgid "Custom percussion staves"
msgstr "Portéec de percussion personnalisées"
msgid "Displaying figured bass"
msgstr "Gravure de la basse chiffrée"
-#. Documentation/user/ancient.itely:830 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/ancient.itely:821 (variable)
#, fuzzy
msgid "ficta"
msgstr "quinte"
msgstr "Altérations et armure"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Annotational accidentals (musica ficta)"
+msgstr "Altérations accidentelles"
+
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#, fuzzy
msgid "Annotational accidentals (@emph{musica ficta})"
msgid "Changing spacing"
msgstr "Modification de l'espacement"
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:1926 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:1974 (comment)
#, fuzzy
msgid "increase the length of the tie"
msgstr "Augmentation de la taille des numéros de mesure au double"
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:1935 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:1983 (comment)
#, fuzzy
msgid "increase the length of the rest bar"
msgstr "Augmentation de la taille des numéros de mesure au double"
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:1943 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:1991 (comment)
#, fuzzy
msgid "increase the length of the hairpin"
msgstr "Augmentation de la taille des numéros de mesure au double"
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:1971 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2019 (comment)
#, fuzzy
msgid "default"
msgstr "Style par défaut"
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:1974 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:1987 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2022 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2035 (comment)
msgid "not effective alone"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:1978 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:1991 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2026 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2039 (comment)
msgid "effective only when both overrides are present"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2372 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2420 (comment)
msgid "Remove bar line at the end of the current line"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2418 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2466 (comment)
msgid "Try to remove all key signatures"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2837 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2885 (comment)
msgid "move horizontally left"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2839 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2887 (comment)
msgid "move vertically up"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2840 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2888 (comment)
#, fuzzy
msgid "third finger"
msgstr "Doigtés pour la main droite"
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2886 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2934 (comment)
msgid "the RehearsalMark will be centered above the Clef"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2892 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2940 (comment)
msgid "the RehearsalMark will be centered above the TimeSignature"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2906 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2954 (comment)
msgid "The RehearsalMark will be centered above the KeySignature"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2913 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2929 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2936 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2961 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2977 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2984 (comment)
msgid ""
"The RehearsalMark will be aligned with the left edge of the KeySignature"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2918 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2966 (comment)
msgid ""
"The RehearsalMark will be aligned with the right edge of the KeySignature"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2930 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2978 (comment)
#, fuzzy
msgid "and then shifted right by 3.5 staff-spaces"
msgstr "Élargissement d'un espace"
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2937 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2985 (comment)
#, fuzzy
msgid "and then shifted left by 2 staff-spaces"
msgstr "Élargissement d'un espace"
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2986 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:3034 (variable)
msgid "XinO"
msgstr ""
#. @section in Documentation/user/programming-interface.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/programming-interface.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/es/user/programming-interface.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/programming-interface.itely
msgid "Using Scheme code instead of @code{\\tweak}"
msgstr "Utilisation de code Scheme au lieu de @code{\\tweak}"
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/programming-interface.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/programming-interface.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/es/user/programming-interface.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/programming-interface.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/programming-interface.itely
msgid "Difficult tweaks"
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tweaks.itely
#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/tweaks.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/tweaks.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/de/user/tweaks.itely
msgid "Common tweaks"
msgstr "Retouches courantes"
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/repeats.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/repeats.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/repeats.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/repeats.itely
msgid "Repeat types"
msgstr "Types de répétitions"
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/repeats.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/repeats.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/repeats.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/repeats.itely
msgid "Repeat syntax"
msgstr "Syntaxe des répétitions"
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/repeats.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/repeats.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/repeats.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/repeats.itely
msgid "Manual repeat commands"
msgstr "Commandes de reprise manuelles"
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/repeats.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/repeats.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/repeats.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/repeats.itely
msgid "Tremolo subdivisions"
msgstr "Subdivision de trémolos"
msgid "Basculer vers une mélodie alternative"
msgstr ""
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/keyboards.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/de/user/keyboards.itely
-msgid "Keyboard instruments"
-msgstr "Instruments à clavier"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-msgid "Bowed instruments"
-msgstr "Instruments à archet"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-msgid "References for bowed strings"
-msgstr "Références en matière d'instrument à archet"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-msgid "Plucked instruments"
-msgstr "Instruments à cordes pincées"
-
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Modifying ends of spanners"
msgstr "Modification de la terminaison des extenseurs"
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/programming-interface.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/es/user/programming-interface.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/programming-interface.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/de/user/programming-interface.itely
-msgid "TODO moved into scheme"
-msgstr ""
-
#. @top in Documentation/de/user/lilypond-learning.tely
msgid "GNU LilyPond -- Handbuch zum Lernen"
msgstr "GNU LilyPond --- manuel d'initiation"
msgid "How LilyPond files work"
msgstr "Organisation des fichiers LilyPond"
+#. @subheading in Documentation/de/user/tweaks.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "force-hshift-Eigenschaft"
+msgstr "la propriété force-hshift"
+
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/templates.itely
#. @appendixsec in Documentation/de/user/templates.itely
msgid "Lilypond-book templates"
msgid "Laissez vibrer ties"
msgstr "Liaisons ``laissez vibrer''"
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/repeats.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/repeats.itely
-msgid "Writing long repeats"
-msgstr "Écriture de répétitions longues"
-
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/staff.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/staff.itely
msgid "System start delimiters"
msgid "old Contexts explained"
msgstr "ex Tout savoir sur les contextes"
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/programming-interface.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/programming-interface.itely
+msgid "TODO moved into scheme"
+msgstr ""
+
msgid "Up:"
msgstr "Haut :"
msgid "Table of Contents"
msgstr "Table des matières"
-#~ msgid "Common notation for vocals"
-#~ msgstr "Vue d'ensemble de la musique vocale"
+#~ msgid "Create 9/8 split into 2/4 + 5/8"
+#~ msgstr "Mise en évidence de la décomposition de 9/8 en 2/4 + 5/8"
+
+#~ msgid "tsMarkup"
+#~ msgstr "tsEtiquette"
+
+#~ msgid "Keyboard instruments"
+#~ msgstr "Instruments à clavier"
+
+#~ msgid "Bowed instruments"
+#~ msgstr "Instruments à archet"
+
+#~ msgid "References for bowed strings"
+#~ msgstr "Références en matière d'instrument à archet"
+
+#~ msgid "Plucked instruments"
+#~ msgstr "Instruments à cordes pincées"
+
+#~ msgid "Writing long repeats"
+#~ msgstr "Écriture de répétitions longues"
#~ msgid "Placement of lyrics"
#~ msgstr "Positionnement des paroles"
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-10-06 22:02+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-10-16 23:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
msgid "About <A HREF=\"%s\">automatic language selection</A>."
msgstr ""
-#: postprocess_html.py:300
+#: postprocess_html.py:315
msgid "stable-branch"
msgstr ""
-#: postprocess_html.py:302
+#: postprocess_html.py:317
msgid "development-branch"
msgstr ""
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/pitches.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/pitches.itely
msgid "interval"
msgstr ""
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/pitches.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/pitches.itely
msgid "sharp"
msgstr ""
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/pitches.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/pitches.itely
msgid "flat"
msgstr ""
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/pitches.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/pitches.itely
msgid "double sharp"
msgstr ""
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/pitches.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/pitches.itely
msgid "double flat"
msgstr ""
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/pitches.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/pitches.itely
msgid "Pitch names"
msgstr ""
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "anacrusis"
msgstr ""
msgstr ""
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:361 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1137 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1179 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1222 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1264 (variable)
msgid "melody"
msgstr ""
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:362 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:960 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1142 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1183 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1045 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1227 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1268 (variable)
msgid "text"
msgstr ""
msgstr ""
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:711 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:685 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:710 (comment)
#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:737 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:762 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:789 (comment)
msgid "Bar 1"
msgstr ""
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:722 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:690 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:715 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:743 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:742 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:767 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:795 (comment)
msgid "Bar 2"
msgstr ""
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1242 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2646 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3178 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:731 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:498 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:783 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:496 (variable)
msgid "global"
msgstr ""
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/fundamental.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/pitches.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/fundamental.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/pitches.itely
msgid "ambitus"
msgstr ""
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
+#. @subheading in Documentation/de/user/tweaks.itely
msgid "padding property"
msgstr ""
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
+#. @subheading in Documentation/de/user/tweaks.itely
msgid "left-padding and right-padding"
msgstr ""
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
+#. @subheading in Documentation/de/user/tweaks.itely
msgid "staff-padding property"
msgstr ""
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
+#. @subheading in Documentation/de/user/tweaks.itely
msgid "self-alignment-X property"
msgstr ""
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
+#. @subheading in Documentation/de/user/tweaks.itely
msgid "staff-position property"
msgstr ""
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
+#. @subheading in Documentation/de/user/tweaks.itely
msgid "extra-offset property"
msgstr ""
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
+#. @subheading in Documentation/de/user/tweaks.itely
msgid "positions property"
msgstr ""
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
+#. @subheading in Documentation/de/user/tweaks.itely
msgid "Tying notes across voices"
msgstr ""
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
+#. @subheading in Documentation/de/user/tweaks.itely
msgid "Simulating a fermata in MIDI"
msgstr ""
#. @appendixsec in Documentation/fr/user/scheme-tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/scheme-tutorial.itely
#. @appendixsec in Documentation/es/user/scheme-tutorial.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/scheme-tutorial.itely
+#. @appendixsec in Documentation/de/user/scheme-tutorial.itely
msgid "Tweaking with Scheme"
msgstr ""
msgid "Musical notation"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:651 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:654 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/input.itely:997 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/input.itely:1016 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/input.itely:1053 (variable)
msgid "music"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:1028 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:1031 (comment)
msgid "not strictly necessary, but a good reminder"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:1120 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:1123 (variable)
msgid "musicA"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:1134 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:1137 (variable)
msgid "musicB"
msgstr ""
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/pitches.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/pitches.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/pitches.itely
msgid "fifth"
msgstr ""
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/pitches.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/pitches.itely
msgid "quarter tone"
msgstr ""
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/pitches.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/pitches.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/pitches.itely
msgid "church mode"
msgstr ""
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/pitches.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/pitches.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/pitches.itely
msgid "scordatura"
msgstr ""
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/pitches.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/pitches.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/pitches.itely
msgid "octavation"
msgstr ""
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/pitches.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/pitches.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/pitches.itely
msgid "concert pitch"
msgstr ""
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/pitches.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/pitches.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/pitches.itely
msgid "transposing instrument"
msgstr ""
msgid "This is correct and works"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:916 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:894 (comment)
msgid "Default style"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:919 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:897 (comment)
msgid "Change to numeric style"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:923 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:901 (comment)
msgid "Revert to default style"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1115 (comment)
-msgid "Show all bar numbers"
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:931 (comment)
+msgid "auto beam on 1/4 note groups\t"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1225 (comment)
-msgid "Now each staff has its own time signature."
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:933 (comment)
+msgid "no defined auto-beaming for this time sig"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:937 (comment)
+msgid "keep 3/4 beaming "
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1261 (comment)
-msgid "Create 9/8 split into 2/4 + 5/8"
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:938 (comment)
+msgid "due to beatLength"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1262 (variable)
-msgid "tsMarkup"
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:940 (comment)
+msgid "beam on 1/8 notes"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1558 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:943 (comment)
+msgid "beam on 3/16, 7/16, 9/16, 12/16"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1103 (comment)
+msgid "Show all bar numbers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1213 (comment)
+msgid "Now each staff has its own time signature."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1518 (comment)
msgid "Set beam sub-group length to an eighth note"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1561 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1521 (comment)
msgid "Set beam sub-group length to a sixteenth note"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1698 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1658 (comment)
msgid "end 1/16 beams for all time signatures at the 1/16 moment"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1702 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1662 (comment)
msgid "end 1/32 beams for all time signatures at the 1/16 moment"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1712 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1672 (comment)
msgid "end beams of all durations in 5/8 time signature at the 2/8 moment"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1741 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1701 (comment)
msgid "undo a rule ending 1/16 beams in 4/4 time at 1/4 moment"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1754 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1714 (comment)
msgid "this won't revert it!"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1756 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1716 (comment)
msgid "this will"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1936 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1895 (comment)
msgid "revert to non-feathered beams"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2165 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2181 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2124 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2140 (comment)
msgid "Permit first bar number to be printed"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2182 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2230 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2141 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2189 (comment)
msgid "Print a bar number every second measure"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2198 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2157 (comment)
msgid "Prevent bar numbers at the end of a line and permit them elsewhere"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2202 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2228 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2161 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2187 (comment)
msgid "Increase the size of the bar number by 2"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2206 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2165 (comment)
msgid "Draw a box round the following bar number(s)"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2211 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2170 (comment)
msgid "Draw a circle round the following bar number(s)"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2233 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2192 (comment)
msgid "Center-align bar numbers"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2236 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2195 (comment)
msgid "Right-align bar numbers"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2339 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2298 (variable)
msgid "pipeSymbol"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2731 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2685 (variable)
msgid "MyCadenza"
msgstr ""
msgid "Time administration"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:387 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:455 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:388 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:456 (variable)
msgid "moltoF"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:408 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:438 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:409 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:439 (variable)
msgid "roundF"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:410 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:442 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:411 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:443 (variable)
msgid "boxF"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:425 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:426 (variable)
msgid "sfzp"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:443 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:444 (variable)
msgid "roundFdynamic"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:444 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:445 (variable)
msgid "boxFdynamic"
msgstr ""
msgid "Breath marks"
msgstr ""
+#. @rglos in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
+msgid "caesura"
+msgstr ""
+
#. @node in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/repeats.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/repeats.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/repeats.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/repeats.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/repeats.itely
msgid "Long repeats"
msgstr ""
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/repeats.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/repeats.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/repeats.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/repeats.itely
msgid "Normal repeats"
msgstr ""
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/repeats.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/repeats.itely
msgid "repeat"
msgstr ""
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/repeats.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/repeats.itely
msgid "volta"
msgstr ""
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/repeats.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/repeats.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/repeats.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/repeats.itely
msgid "Manual repeat marks"
msgstr ""
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/repeats.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/repeats.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/repeats.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/repeats.itely
msgid "Written-out repeats"
msgstr ""
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/repeats.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/repeats.itely
msgid "percent repeat"
msgstr ""
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/repeats.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/repeats.itely
msgid "simile"
msgstr ""
msgid "Tremolo repeats"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:565 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:93 (comment)
+msgid "explicit single voice"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:99 (comment)
+msgid "single first note"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:111 (comment)
+msgid "no single first note"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:617 (variable)
msgid "instrumentOne"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:573 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:625 (variable)
msgid "instrumentTwo"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:749 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:801 (comment)
msgid "Bar 3 ..."
msgstr ""
msgid "Chorded notes"
msgstr ""
+#. @node in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
+msgid "Simultaneous expressions"
+msgstr ""
+
#. @node in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/simultaneous.itely
msgid "Writing music in parallel"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1117 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1132 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1286 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1097 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1112 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1266 (variable)
msgid "flute"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1148 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1128 (variable)
msgid "clarinet"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1237 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1258 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1217 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1238 (variable)
msgid "oboe"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1307 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1287 (variable)
msgid "piccolo"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1315 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1295 (variable)
msgid "cbassoon"
msgstr ""
msgid "Specialist notation"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:416 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:509 (comment)
msgid "not recommended: left aligns syllables "
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:419 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:512 (comment)
msgid "wrong: durations needed"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:422 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:515 (comment)
msgid "correct"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:755 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:847 (variable)
msgid "voice"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:762 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:854 (variable)
msgid "lyr"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1027 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1112 (comment)
msgid "applies to \\\"fas\\\""
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1197 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1282 (comment)
msgid "moves the column off the left margin; "
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1198 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1283 (comment)
msgid "can be removed if space on the page is tight"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1206 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1224 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1291 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1309 (comment)
msgid "adds vertical spacing between verses"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1214 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1299 (comment)
msgid "adds horizontal spacing between columns; "
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1215 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1300 (comment)
msgid "if they are still too close, add more \\\" \\\" pairs "
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1216 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1301 (comment)
msgid "until the result looks good"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1232 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1317 (comment)
msgid "gives some extra space on the right margin; "
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1233 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1318 (comment)
msgid "can be removed if page space is tight"
msgstr ""
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "Entering lyrics"
+msgid "Common notation for vocal music"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "Lyrics explained"
+msgid "References for vocal music and lyrics"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "Working with lyrics and variables"
+msgid "Opera"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+msgid "Song books"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+msgid "Spoken music"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+msgid "Chants"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+msgid "Ancient vocal music"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+msgid "Entering lyrics"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "References for vocal music"
+msgid "Lyrics explained"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+msgid "Working with lyrics and variables"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Lyrics independent of notes"
msgstr ""
-#. @node in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "Chants"
-msgstr ""
-
#. @node in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/keyboards.itely
#. @section in Documentation/es/user/keyboards.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/keyboards.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/keyboards.itely
msgid "Keyboard and other multi-staff instruments"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/keyboards.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/keyboards.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/keyboards.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/keyboards.itely
msgid "Harp"
msgstr ""
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/unfretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/unfretted-strings.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
msgid "Bowing indications"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/unfretted-strings.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
msgid "Harmonics"
msgstr ""
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
msgid "harmonics"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+msgid "Snap (Bartok) pizzicato"
+msgstr ""
+
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
msgid "Snap (Bartók) pizzicato"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:223 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:238 (variable)
msgid "melodia"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:297 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:321 (variable)
msgid "mynotes"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:412 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:448 (comment)
msgid "A chord for ukelele"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:704 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:723 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:752 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:777 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:801 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:837 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:768 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:791 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:820 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:849 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:873 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:917 (variable)
msgid "mychords"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:727 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:795 (variable)
msgid "mychordlist"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:824 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:904 (comment)
msgid "add a new chord shape"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:828 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:908 (comment)
msgid "add some new chords based on the power chord shape"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
msgid "Predefined fret diagrams"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
msgid "Automatic fret diagrams"
msgstr ""
msgid "with this you load your new drum style table"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:425 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:423 (variable)
msgid "tambustaff"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:433 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:431 (comment)
msgid "broken"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:434 (comment)
-msgid "\\set DrumStaff.drumStyleTable = #(alist->hash-table mydrums) "
+#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:432 (comment)
+msgid "\\set DrumStaff.drumStyleTable = #(alist->hash-table mydrums)"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:440 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:438 (comment)
msgid "the trick with the scaled duration and the shorter rest"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:441 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:439 (comment)
msgid "is neccessary for the correct ending of the trill-span!"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:452 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:450 (variable)
msgid "tamtamstaff"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:474 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:472 (variable)
msgid "bellstaff"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:505 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:503 (variable)
msgid "drumsA"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:520 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:518 (variable)
msgid "drumsB"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/percussion.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/percussion.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/percussion.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/percussion.itely
msgid "Drum rolls"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/percussion.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/percussion.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/percussion.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/percussion.itely
msgid "Pitched percussion"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/percussion.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/percussion.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/percussion.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/percussion.itely
msgid "Custom percussion staves"
msgstr ""
msgid "Displaying figured bass"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/ancient.itely:830 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/ancient.itely:821 (variable)
msgid "ficta"
msgstr ""
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
+msgid "Annotational accidentals (musica ficta)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Annotational accidentals (@emph{musica ficta})"
msgstr ""
msgid "Changing spacing"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:1926 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:1974 (comment)
msgid "increase the length of the tie"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:1935 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:1983 (comment)
msgid "increase the length of the rest bar"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:1943 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:1991 (comment)
msgid "increase the length of the hairpin"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:1971 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2019 (comment)
msgid "default"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:1974 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:1987 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2022 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2035 (comment)
msgid "not effective alone"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:1978 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:1991 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2026 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2039 (comment)
msgid "effective only when both overrides are present"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2372 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2420 (comment)
msgid "Remove bar line at the end of the current line"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2418 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2466 (comment)
msgid "Try to remove all key signatures"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2837 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2885 (comment)
msgid "move horizontally left"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2839 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2887 (comment)
msgid "move vertically up"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2840 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2888 (comment)
msgid "third finger"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2886 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2934 (comment)
msgid "the RehearsalMark will be centered above the Clef"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2892 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2940 (comment)
msgid "the RehearsalMark will be centered above the TimeSignature"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2906 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2954 (comment)
msgid "The RehearsalMark will be centered above the KeySignature"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2913 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2929 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2936 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2961 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2977 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2984 (comment)
msgid ""
"The RehearsalMark will be aligned with the left edge of the KeySignature"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2918 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2966 (comment)
msgid ""
"The RehearsalMark will be aligned with the right edge of the KeySignature"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2930 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2978 (comment)
msgid "and then shifted right by 3.5 staff-spaces"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2937 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2985 (comment)
msgid "and then shifted left by 2 staff-spaces"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:2986 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:3034 (variable)
msgid "XinO"
msgstr ""
#. @section in Documentation/user/programming-interface.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/programming-interface.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/es/user/programming-interface.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/programming-interface.itely
msgid "Using Scheme code instead of @code{\\tweak}"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/programming-interface.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/programming-interface.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/es/user/programming-interface.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/programming-interface.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/programming-interface.itely
msgid "Difficult tweaks"
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tweaks.itely
#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/tweaks.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/tweaks.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/de/user/tweaks.itely
msgid "Common tweaks"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/repeats.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/repeats.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/repeats.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/repeats.itely
msgid "Repeat types"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/repeats.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/repeats.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/repeats.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/repeats.itely
msgid "Repeat syntax"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/repeats.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/repeats.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/repeats.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/repeats.itely
msgid "Manual repeat commands"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/repeats.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/repeats.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/repeats.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/repeats.itely
msgid "Tremolo subdivisions"
msgstr ""
msgid "Basculer vers une mélodie alternative"
msgstr ""
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/keyboards.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/de/user/keyboards.itely
-msgid "Keyboard instruments"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-msgid "Bowed instruments"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-msgid "References for bowed strings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-msgid "Plucked instruments"
-msgstr ""
-
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Modifying ends of spanners"
msgstr ""
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/programming-interface.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/es/user/programming-interface.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/programming-interface.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/de/user/programming-interface.itely
-msgid "TODO moved into scheme"
-msgstr ""
-
#. @top in Documentation/de/user/lilypond-learning.tely
msgid "GNU LilyPond -- Handbuch zum Lernen"
msgstr ""
msgid "How LilyPond files work"
msgstr ""
+#. @subheading in Documentation/de/user/tweaks.itely
+msgid "force-hshift-Eigenschaft"
+msgstr ""
+
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/templates.itely
#. @appendixsec in Documentation/de/user/templates.itely
msgid "Lilypond-book templates"
msgid "Laissez vibrer ties"
msgstr ""
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/repeats.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/repeats.itely
-msgid "Writing long repeats"
-msgstr ""
-
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/staff.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/staff.itely
msgid "System start delimiters"
msgid "old Contexts explained"
msgstr ""
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/programming-interface.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/programming-interface.itely
+msgid "TODO moved into scheme"
+msgstr ""
+
msgid "Up:"
msgstr ""
is finished.
</p>
- <p><i>Last updated Mon Oct 6 20:03:36 UTC 2008
+ <p><i>Last updated Thu Oct 16 21:38:37 UTC 2008
</i></p>
<table align="center" border="2">
<tr align="center">
<span style="background-color: #ff6f57">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
<td>Till Rettig<br>
- <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (94 %)</span><br>
- <span style="background-color: #ff6f57">partially up to date</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #1fff1f">translated</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #1fff1f">up to date</span><br>
</td>
<td>Francisco Vila<br>
<span style="background-color: #1fff1f">translated</span><br>
</td>
<td>Till Rettig<br>
<span style="background-color: #1fff1f">translated</span><br>
- <span style="background-color: #b2fe32">partially up to date</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #1fff1f">up to date</span><br>
</td>
<td>Francisco Vila<br>
<span style="background-color: #1fff1f">translated</span><br>
<td> <span style="background-color: #d0f0f8">not translated</span><br>
</td>
<td>Till Rettig<br>
- <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (91 %)</span><br>
- <span style="background-color: #8aff2d">partially up to date</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #1fff1f">translated</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #1fff1f">up to date</span><br>
</td>
<td>Francisco Vila<br>
<span style="background-color: #1fff1f">translated</span><br>
</td>
<td>Till Rettig<br>
<span style="background-color: #1fff1f">translated</span><br>
- <span style="background-color: #2cff20">partially up to date</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #1fff1f">up to date</span><br>
</td>
<td>Francisco Vila<br>
<span style="background-color: #1fff1f">translated</span><br>
</td>
<td>Till Rettig<br>
<span style="background-color: #1fff1f">translated</span><br>
- <span style="background-color: #ff6f57">partially up to date</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #1fff1f">up to date</span><br>
</td>
<td>Francisco Vila<br>
<span style="background-color: #1fff1f">translated</span><br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>1.2 Rhythms<br>(6714)</td>
+ <td>1.2 Rhythms<br>(6312)</td>
<td>Frédéric Chiasson<br>
<small>Valentin Villenave<br>
Jean-Charles Malahieude</small><br>
<span style="background-color: #ff6d58">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
<td>Till Rettig<br>
- <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (81 %)</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (80 %)</span><br>
<span style="background-color: #ff6d58">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
<td>Francisco Vila<br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>1.3 Expressive marks<br>(1097)</td>
+ <td>1.3 Expressive marks<br>(1110)</td>
<td>Valentin Villenave<br>
<small>Jean-Charles Malahieude<br>
John Mandereau</small><br>
<span style="background-color: #1fff1f">translated</span><br>
- <span style="background-color: #ff6f57">partially up to date</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #ff7257">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
<td>Till Rettig<br>
<span style="background-color: #1fff1f">translated</span><br>
- <span style="background-color: #ff6f57">partially up to date</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #ff7257">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
<td>Francisco Vila<br>
<span style="background-color: #1fff1f">translated</span><br>
</td>
<td>Till Rettig<br>
<span style="background-color: #1fff1f">translated</span><br>
- <span style="background-color: #ff6d58">partially up to date</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #1fff1f">up to date</span><br>
</td>
<td>Francisco Vila<br>
<span style="background-color: #1fff1f">translated</span><br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>1.5 Simultaneous notes<br>(1281)</td>
+ <td>1.5 Simultaneous notes<br>(1452)</td>
<td>Frédéric Chiasson<br>
Valentin Villenave<br>
<small>Jean-Charles Malahieude<br>
<span style="background-color: #ff6d58">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
<td>Till Rettig<br>
- <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (61 %)</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (97 %)</span><br>
<span style="background-color: #ff6d58">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
<td>Francisco Vila<br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>1.6 Staff notation<br>(1767)</td>
+ <td>1.6 Staff notation<br>(1690)</td>
<td>Valentin Villenave<br>
Jean-Charles Malahieude<br>
<small>John Mandereau</small><br>
- <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (85 %)</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (71 %)</span><br>
<span style="background-color: #ff6d58">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
<td>Till Rettig<br>
<span style="background-color: #ff6f57">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
<td>Till Rettig<br>
- <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (44 %)</span><br>
- <span style="background-color: #ff6f57">partially up to date</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #1fff1f">translated</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #1fff1f">up to date</span><br>
</td>
<td>Francisco Vila<br>
<span style="background-color: #1fff1f">translated</span><br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>1.8 Text<br>(2412)</td>
+ <td>1.8 Text<br>(2410)</td>
<td>Jean-Charles Malahieude<br>
<small>Valentin Villenave<br>
John Mandereau</small><br>
</td>
<td>Francisco Vila<br>
<span style="background-color: #1fff1f">translated</span><br>
- <span style="background-color: #4efe25">partially up to date</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #1fff1f">up to date</span><br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>2.1 Vocal music<br>(2937)</td>
+ <td>2.1 Vocal music<br>(2679)</td>
<td>Valentin Villenave<br>
<small>Jean-Charles Malahieude</small><br>
- <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (97 %)</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (56 %)</span><br>
<span style="background-color: #ff6d58">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
<td> <span style="background-color: #d0f0f8">not translated</span><br>
</td>
<td>Francisco Vila<br>
- <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (97 %)</span><br>
- <span style="background-color: #b2fe32">partially up to date</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (56 %)</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #c7ff35">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>2.3 Unfretted string instruments<br>(463)</td>
+ <td>2.3 Unfretted string instruments<br>(234)</td>
<td>Valentin Villenave<br>
<small>Jean-Charles Malahieude<br>
John Mandereau</small><br>
- <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (46 %)</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (16 %)</span><br>
<span style="background-color: #ff6d58">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
<td>Till Rettig<br>
- <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (38 %)</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #d0f0f8">not translated</span><br>
<span style="background-color: #ff6d58">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
<td>Francisco Vila<br>
- <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (22 %)</span><br>
- <span style="background-color: #ff9150">partially up to date</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #1fff1f">translated</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #1fff1f">up to date</span><br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>2.4 Fretted string instruments<br>(1509)</td>
+ <td>2.4 Fretted string instruments<br>(1748)</td>
<td>Valentin Villenave<br>
<small>Jean-Charles Malahieude<br>
John Mandereau</small><br>
- <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (15 %)</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (16 %)</span><br>
<span style="background-color: #ff6d58">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
<td>Till Rettig<br>
- <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (15 %)</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (16 %)</span><br>
<span style="background-color: #ff6d58">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
<td>Francisco Vila<br>
- <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (40 %)</span><br>
- <span style="background-color: #ff8f50">partially up to date</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #1fff1f">translated</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #1fff1f">up to date</span><br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>2.5 Percussion<br>(806)</td>
+ <td>2.5 Percussion<br>(810)</td>
<td>Valentin Villenave<br>
<small>Jean-Charles Malahieude<br>
John Mandereau</small><br>
<span style="background-color: #ff6d58">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
<td>Till Rettig<br>
- <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (43 %)</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (42 %)</span><br>
<span style="background-color: #ff6d58">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
<td>Francisco Vila<br>
- <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (44 %)</span><br>
- <span style="background-color: #ffd544">partially up to date</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #1fff1f">translated</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #1fff1f">up to date</span><br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>2.8 Ancient notation<br>(4260)</td>
+ <td>2.8 Ancient notation<br>(4240)</td>
<td>John Mandereau<br>
Jean-Charles Malahieude<br>
<span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (82 %)</span><br>
<span style="background-color: #ff6d58">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
<td>Till Rettig<br>
- <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (78 %)</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (82 %)</span><br>
<span style="background-color: #ff6d58">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
<td>Francisco Vila<br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>3 General input and output<br>(5605)</td>
+ <td>3 General input and output<br>(5661)</td>
<td>Jean-Charles Malahieude<br>
Valentin Villenave<br>
<span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (6 %)</span><br>
<span style="background-color: #ff8353">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
<td>Francisco Vila<br>
- <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (48 %)</span><br>
- <span style="background-color: #ffd544">partially up to date</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #1fff1f">translated</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #1fff1f">up to date</span><br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>4 Spacing issues<br>(8303)</td>
+ <td>4 Spacing issues<br>(8297)</td>
<td>Frédéric Chiasson<br>
Jean-Charles Malahieude<br>
<span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (19 %)</span><br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>5 Changing defaults<br>(11025)</td>
+ <td>5 Changing defaults<br>(11197)</td>
<td>Valentin Villenave<br>
<small>Gilles Thibault</small><br>
- <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (33 %)</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (34 %)</span><br>
<span style="background-color: #ff9a4e">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
<td> <span style="background-color: #d0f0f8">not translated</span><br>
</td>
<td>Francisco Vila<br>
<span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (66 %)</span><br>
- <span style="background-color: #2cff20">partially up to date</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #33ff21">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>6 Interfaces for programmers<br>(5203)</td>
+ <td>6 Interfaces for programmers<br>(5202)</td>
<td> <span style="background-color: #d0f0f8">not translated</span><br>
</td>
<td> <span style="background-color: #d0f0f8">not translated</span><br>
</td>
- <td> <span style="background-color: #d0f0f8">not translated</span><br>
+ <td>Francisco Vila<br>
+ <span style="background-color: #1fff1f">translated</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #1fff1f">up to date</span><br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
--- /dev/null
+\version "2.11.61"
+\header {
+ lsrtags = "pitches,editorial-annotations,really-cool"
+ texidoc = "
+It is possible to color note heads depending on their pitch and/or their names:
+the function used in this example even makes it possible to distinguish enharmonics.
+"
+ doctitle = "Coloring notes depending on their pitch"
+}
+
+%LSR Thanks a LOT to Damian leGassick, Steven Weber and Jay Anderson for this snippet
+
+%Association list of pitches to colors.
+#(define color-mapping
+ (list
+ (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 0 0) (x11-color 'red))
+ (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 0 1/2) (x11-color 'green))
+ (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 1 -1/2) (x11-color 'green))
+ (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 2 0) (x11-color 'red))
+ (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 2 1/2) (x11-color 'green))
+ (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 3 -1/2) (x11-color 'red))
+ (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 3 0) (x11-color 'green))
+ (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 4 1/2) (x11-color 'red))
+ (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 5 0) (x11-color 'green))
+ (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 5 -1/2) (x11-color 'red))
+ (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 6 1/2) (x11-color 'red))
+ (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 1 0) (x11-color 'blue))
+ (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 3 1/2) (x11-color 'blue))
+ (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 4 -1/2) (x11-color 'blue))
+ (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 5 1/2) (x11-color 'blue))
+ (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 6 -1/2) (x11-color 'blue))
+ ))
+
+%Compare pitch and alteration (not octave).
+#(define (pitch-equals? p1 p2)
+ (and (= (ly:pitch-alteration p1) (ly:pitch-alteration p2))
+ (= (ly:pitch-notename p1) (ly:pitch-notename p2))))
+
+#(define (pitch-to-color pitch)
+ (let ((color (assoc pitch color-mapping pitch-equals?)))
+ (if color (cdr color))))
+
+#(define (color-notehead grob)
+ (pitch-to-color (ly:event-property (ly:grob-property grob 'cause) 'pitch)))
+
+
+\score {
+ \new Staff \relative c' {
+ \override NoteHead #'color = #color-notehead
+ c8 b d dis ees f g aes
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+ texidoces = "
+Para cambiar el tempo en la salida MIDI sin
+imprimir nada, hacemos invisible la indicación metronómica:
+
+"
+
+ doctitlees = "Cambiar el tempo sin indicación metronómica"
--- /dev/null
+ texidoces = "
+Se pueden crear indicaciones metronómicas nuevas en modo de
+marcado, pero no cambian el tempo en la salida MIDI.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Crear indicaciones metronómicas en modo de marcado"
+
--- /dev/null
+ texidoces = "
+Si hay un solo pentagrama en un de los tipos de sistema
+@code{ChoirStaff}, @code{InnerChoirStaff}, @code{InnerStaffGroup}
+o @code{StaffGroup}, el comportamiento predeterminado es que no se
+imprima el corchete en la barra inicial. Esto se puede cambiar
+sobreescribiendo las propiedades adecuadas.
+
+Observe que en contextos como @code{PianoStaff} y
+@code{GrandStaff} en que los sistemas empiezan con una llave en
+lugar de un corchete, se debe establecer el valor de una propiedad
+distinta, como se ve en el segundo sistema del ejemplo.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Mostrar corchete o llave en grupos de un solo pentagrama"
+
doctitlees = "Plantilla de piano con melodía y letra"
texidocde = "
-as nächste Beispiel ist typisch für ein Lied: Im oberen System die
+Das nächste Beispiel ist typisch für ein Lied: Im oberen System die
Melodie mit Text, darunter Klavierbegleitung.
"
- texidoces = "Los pasajes citados tienen en cuenta la
-transposición de la fuente tanto como la del destino. En este
-ejemplo, todos los instrumentos interpreta una nota con el sonido
-del Do central; el destino de un instrumento transpositor en Fa.
-La parte de destino se puede transponer utilizando
-@code{\\transpose}. En este caso se transportan todas las notas
-(incluidas las citadas).
+ texidoces = "
+Los pasajes citados tienen en cuenta la transposición de la fuente
+tanto como la del destino. En este ejemplo, todos los
+instrumentos interpreta una nota con el sonido del Do central; el
+destino de un instrumento transpositor en Fa. La parte de destino
+se puede transponer utilizando @code{\\transpose}. En este caso
+se transportan todas las notas (incluidas las citadas).
"
--- /dev/null
+ texidoces = "
+La propiedad @code{quotedEventTypes} determina los tipos de
+eventos musicales que resultan citados. El valor predeterminado
+es @code{(note-event rest-event)}, que significa que sólo aparecen
+en la expresión @code{\\quoteDuring} las notas y los silencios.
+En el ejemplo siguiente, el silencio de semicorchea no aparece en
+el fragmento citado porque @code{rest-event} no está dentro de los
+@code{quotedEventTypes}.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Citar otra voz"
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null
+ texidoces = "
+El primer pentagrama vacío también se puede suprimir de la
+partitura estableciendo la propiedad @code{remove-first} de
+@code{VerticalAxisGroup}. Esto se puede hacer globalmente dentro
+del bloque @code{\\layout}, o localmente dentro del pentagrama
+concreto que se quiere suprimir. En este último caso, tenemos que
+especificar el contexto (@code{Staff} se aplica sólo al pentagrama
+actual) delante de la propiedad.
+
+El pentagrama inferior del segundo grupo no se elimina, porque el
+ajuste sólo se aplica al pentagrama concreto dentro del que se
+escribe.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Quitar la primera línea vacía"
--- /dev/null
+ texidoces = "
+Este fragmento de código muestra el uso de las propiedades de
+contexto @code{alignBelowContext} y @code{alignAboveContext} para
+controlar la posición de la letra y los compases de ossia.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Alineación vertical de la letra y los compases de ossia"
projects / lilypond.git / commitdiff